The Epistle of Paul to the

Romans

Summary"if you confess with your mouth Jesus as Lord, and believe in your heart that God raised Him from the dead, you will be saved; for with the heart a person believes, resulting in righteousness, and with the mouth he confesses, resulting in salvation." (10:13). Place your faith and trust only in what Jesus Christ has already done on the cross and make Him the Master of your life and trust Heraised Himself from the grave conquering death. His promise is "You will be saved''.

• In chapters 12-16, Paul gives instructions for all Christians about how to live a holy lifestyle. In the beginning of chapter 12 he writes, “Present your bodies a living and holy sacrifice”, and “Do not be conformed to this world” (vss. 1-2). Much of the errors and trials that Paul dealt with in his “Epistles”, were because the believers had conformed their lives to the world and not to God.

1. Condemnation: The Need for a Savior ( 1:1⁠–⁠3:20 )
a. Paul Greets the Saints in Rome ( 1:1⁠–⁠7 )
b. Unashamed of the Gospel ( 1:8⁠–⁠17 )
c. God’s Wrath against Sin ( 1:18⁠–⁠3:20 )
i.   Unrighteous Nations ( 1:18⁠–⁠32 )
ii.  Unrighteous Israel ( 2:1⁠–⁠3:8 )
1. God’s Righteous Judgment ( 2:1⁠–⁠16 )
2. The Jews and the Law ( 2:17⁠–⁠29 )
3. God Remains Faithful ( 3:1⁠–⁠8 )
iii. There is No One Righteous ( 3:9⁠–⁠20 )
2. Justification: Faith in the Savior ( 3:21⁠–⁠5:21 )
a. Righteousness through Faith in Christ ( 3:21⁠–⁠31 )
b. The Faith of Abraham ( 4:1⁠–⁠25 )
i.   Justification by Faith ( 4:1⁠–⁠12 )
ii.  Abraham Receives the Promise ( 4:13⁠–⁠25 )
c. From Death to Life ( 5:1⁠–⁠21 )
i.   The Triumph of Faith ( 5:1⁠–⁠5 )
ii.  Christ’s Sacrifice for the Ungodly ( 5:6⁠–⁠11 )
iii. Death in Adam, Life in Christ ( 5:12⁠–⁠21 )
3. Sanctification: How Ought We to Live ( 6:1⁠–⁠8:39 )
a. Dead to Sin, Alive to God ( 6:1⁠–⁠14 )
b. The Wages of Sin ( 6:15⁠–⁠23 )
c. Function of the Law ( 7:1⁠–⁠25 )
d. Walking by the Spirit ( 8:1⁠–⁠39 )
i.   Flesh
vs. Spirit ( 8:1⁠–⁠11 )
ii.  Heirs with Christ ( 8:12⁠–⁠17 )
iii. Future Glory ( 8:18⁠–⁠27 )
iv. God Works in All Things ( 8:28⁠–⁠34 )
v.  More than Conquerors ( 8:35⁠–⁠39 )
4. Restoration: The Plan and Future for Israel ( 9:1⁠–⁠11:36 )
a. Israel In the Past ( 9:1⁠–⁠33 )
i.   Paul’s Concern for the Jews ( 9:1⁠–⁠5 )
ii.  God’s Sovereign Choice ( 9:6⁠–⁠29 )
iii. Israel’s Unbelief ( 9:30⁠–⁠33 )
b. Israel in the Present ( 10:1⁠–⁠21 )
c. Israel in the Future ( 11:1⁠–⁠36 )
i.   A Remnant Chosen by Grace ( 11:1⁠–⁠10 )
ii.  The Ingrafting of the Gentiles ( 11:11⁠–⁠24 )
iii. All Israel Will Be Saved ( 11:25⁠–⁠32 )
iv. A Hymn of Praise ( 11:33⁠–⁠36 )
5. Unification: The Body of Believers ( 12:1⁠–⁠15:13 )
a. Love and Forgiveness ( 12:1⁠–⁠13:14 )
i.   Living Sacrifices ( 12:1⁠–⁠8 )
ii.  Love, Zeal, Hope, Hospitality ( 12:9⁠–⁠13 )
iii. Forgiveness ( 12:14⁠–⁠21 )
iv. Submission to Authorities ( 13:1⁠–⁠7 )
v.  Love Fulfills the Law ( 13:8⁠–⁠10 )
vi. The Day is Near ( 13:11⁠–⁠14 )
b. Grace in Jew and Gentile Relationship ( 14:1⁠–⁠15:13 )
i.   The Law of Liberty ( 14:1⁠–⁠12 )
ii.  The Law of Love ( 14:13⁠–⁠23 )
iii. Accept One Another ( 15:1⁠–⁠6 )
iv. Christ the Servant of Jews and Gentiles ( 15:7⁠–⁠13 )
6. Paul’s Salutation ( 5:14⁠–⁠16:27 )
a. Paul the Minister to the Gentiles ( 15:14⁠–⁠22 )
b. Paul’s Travel Plans ( 15:23⁠–⁠33 )
c. Personal Greetings and Love ( 16:1⁠–⁠16 )
d. Avoid Divisions ( 16:17⁠–⁠20 )
e. Greetings from Paul’s Fellow Workers ( 16:21⁠–⁠23 )
f. Doxology ( 16:25⁠–⁠27 )

1

Condemnation: The Need for a Savior

Paul Greets the Saints in Rome

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.	ΠαῦλοςPaulos	Paul,	N-NMS
G1401δοῦλοςdoulos (N-NMS) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.	δοῦλοςdoulos	a servant	N-NMS
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστοῦChristou	of Christ	N-GMS
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou	Jesus,	N-GMS
G2822κλητὸςklētos (Adj-NMS) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.	κλητὸςklētos	a called	Adj-NMS
G652ἀπόστολοςapostolos (N-NMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.	ἀπόστολοςapostolos	apostle	N-NMS
G873ἀφωρισμένοςaphōrismenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G873 ἀφορίζω aphorízō af-or-id-zo from ἀπό and ὁρίζω; to set off by boundary, i.e. (figuratively) limit, exclude, appoint, etc.:--divide, separate, sever.	ἀφωρισμένοςaphōrismenos	having been set apart	V-RPM/P-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.	εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion	the gospel	N-ANS
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ,Theou	of God,	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃho	which	RelPro-ANS
G4279προεπηγγείλατοproepēngeilato (V-AIM-3S) G4279 προεπαγγέλλομαι proepangéllomai pro-ep-ang-ghel-lom-ahee middle voice from πρό and ἐπαγγέλλω; to promise of old:--promise before.	προεπηγγείλατοproepēngeilato	He promised beforehand	V-AIM-3S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GMP
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.	προφητῶνprophētōn	prophets	N-GMP
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G1124γραφαῖςgraphais (N-DFP) G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.	γραφαῖςgraphais	the Scriptures	N-DFP
G40ἁγίαιςhagiais (Adj-DFP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἁγίαιςhagiais	Holy,	Adj-DFP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	concerning	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G5207ΥἱοῦHuiou (N-GMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱοῦHuiou	Son	N-GMS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γενομένουgenomenou	having come	V-APM-GMS
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	of the	Prep
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.	σπέρματοςspermatos	seed	N-GNS
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS) G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.	ΔαυὶδDauid	of David	N-GMS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G4561σάρκα,sarka (N-AFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).	σάρκα,sarka	flesh,	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3724ὁρισθέντοςhoristhentos (V-APP-GMS) G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.	ὁρισθέντοςhoristhentos	having been declared	V-APP-GMS
G5207ΥἱοῦHuiou (N-GMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱοῦHuiou	Son	N-GMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.	δυνάμειdynamei	power	N-DFS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to the	Prep
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	πνεῦμαpneuma	Spirit	N-ANS
G42ἁγιωσύνηςhagiōsynēs (N-GFS) G42 ἁγιωσύνη hagiōsýnē hag-ee-o-soo-nay from ἅγιος; sacredness (i.e. properly, the quality):--holiness.	ἁγιωσύνηςhagiōsynēs	of holiness	N-GFS
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	by	Prep
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.	ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs	resurrection	N-GFS
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.	νεκρῶν,nekrōn	from the dead,	Adj-GMP
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦIēsou	Jesus	N-GMS
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστοῦChristou	Christ,	N-GMS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	ΚυρίουKyriou	Lord	N-GMS
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῶν,hēmōn	of us;	PPro-G1P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	through	Prep
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὗhou	whom	RelPro-GMS
G2983ἐλάβομενelabomen (V-AIA-1P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).	ἐλάβομενelabomen	we have received	V-AIA-1P
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάρινcharin	grace	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G651ἀποστολὴνapostolēn (N-AFS) G651 ἀποστολή apostolḗ ap-os-tol-ay from ἀποστέλλω; commission, i.e. (specially) apostolate:--apostleship.	ἀποστολὴνapostolēn	apostleship	N-AFS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	unto	Prep
G5218ὑπακοὴνhypakoēn (N-AFS) G5218 ὑπακοή hypakoḗ hoop-ak-o-ay from ὑπακούω; attentive hearkening, i.e. (by implication) compliance or submission:--obedience, (make) obedient, obey(-ing).	ὑπακοὴνhypakoēn	obedience	N-AFS
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	of faith	N-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶσινpasin	all	Adj-DNP
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DNP
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.	ἔθνεσινethnesin	Gentiles	N-DNP
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.	ὑπὲρhyper	on behalf of	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GNS
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).	ὀνόματοςonomatos	name	N-GNS
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ,autou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οἷςhois	whom	RelPro-DNP
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστεeste	are	V-PIA-2P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμεῖςhymeis	you	PPro-N2P
G2822κλητοὶklētoi (Adj-NMP) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.	κλητοὶklētoi	called	Adj-NMP
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦIēsou	of Jesus	N-GMS
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	Χριστοῦ,Christou	Christ.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3956Πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	Πᾶσινpasin	To all	Adj-DMP
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	those	Art-DMP
G1510οὖσινousin (V-PPA-DMP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	οὖσινousin	being	V-PPA-DMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G4516ῬώμῃRhōmē (N-DFS) G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.	ῬώμῃRhōmē	Rome,	N-DFS
G27ἀγαπητοῖςagapētois (Adj-DMP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.	ἀγαπητοῖςagapētois	beloved	Adj-DMP
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ,Theou	of God,	N-GMS
G2822κλητοῖςklētois (Adj-DMP) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.	κλητοῖςklētois	called	Adj-DMP
G40ἁγίοις·hagiois (Adj-DMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἁγίοις·hagiois	saints:	Adj-DMP
G5485Χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	Χάριςcharis	Grace	N-NFS
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῖνhymin	to you	PPro-D2P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1515εἰρήνηeirēnē (N-NFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.	εἰρήνηeirēnē	peace	N-NFS
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	God	N-GMS
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.	ΠατρὸςPatros	the Father	N-GMS
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῶνhēmōn	of us	PPro-G1P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	ΚυρίουKyriou	the Lord	N-GMS
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦIēsou	Jesus	N-GMS
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	Χριστοῦ.Christou	Christ.	N-GMS

παυλος δουλος ιησου χριστου κλητος αποστολος αφωρισμενος εις ευαγγελιον θεου ο προεπηγγειλατο δια των προφητων αυτου εν γραφαις αγιαις περι του υιου αυτου του γενομενου εκ σπερματος δαβιδ κατα σαρκα του ορισθεντος υιου θεου εν δυναμει κατα πνευμα αγιωσυνης εξ αναστασεως νεκρων ιησου χριστου του κυριου ημων δι ου ελαβομεν χαριν και αποστολην εις υπακοην πιστεως εν πασιν τοις εθνεσιν υπερ του ονοματος αυτου εν οις εστε και υμεις κλητοι ιησου χριστου πασιν τοις ουσιν εν ρωμη αγαπητοις θεου κλητοις αγιοις χαρις υμιν και ειρηνη απο θεου πατρος ημων και κυριου ιησου χριστου

Unashamed of the Gospel

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4412ΠρῶτονPrōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	ΠρῶτονPrōton	First	Adv-S
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed,	Conj
G2168εὐχαριστῶeucharistō (V-PIA-1S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).	εὐχαριστῶeucharistō	I thank	V-PIA-1S
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεῷTheō	God	N-DMS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of me	PPro-G1S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦIēsou	Jesus	N-GMS
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστοῦChristou	Christ	N-GMS
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	for	Prep
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντωνpantōn	all	Adj-GMP
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶν,hymōn	of you,	PPro-G2P
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	because	Conj
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστιςpistis	faith	N-NFS
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G2605καταγγέλλεταιkatangelletai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.	καταγγέλλεταιkatangelletai	is being proclaimed	V-PIM/P-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.	ὅλῳholō	all	Adj-DMS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G2889κόσμῳ.kosmō (N-DMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.	κόσμῳ.kosmō	world.	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3144μάρτυςmartys (N-NMS) G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.	μάρτυςmartys	Witness	N-NMS
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γάρgar	for	Conj
G1473μούmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μούmou	my	PPro-G1S
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεός,Theos	God,	N-NMS
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	whom	RelPro-DMS
G3000λατρεύωlatreuō (V-PIA-1S) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).	λατρεύωlatreuō	I serve	V-PIA-1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DNS
G4151πνεύματίpneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	πνεύματίpneumati	spirit	N-DNS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of me	PPro-G1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DNS
G2098εὐαγγελίῳeuangeliō (N-DNS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.	εὐαγγελίῳeuangeliō	gospel	N-DNS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G5207ΥἱοῦHuiou (N-GMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱοῦHuiou	Son	N-GMS
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ,autou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	how	Adv
G89ἀδιαλείπτωςadialeiptōs (Adv) G89 ἀδιαλείπτως adialeíptōs ad-ee-al-ipe-toce adverb from ἀδιάλειπτος; uninterruptedly, i.e. without omission (on an appropriate occasion):--without ceasing.	ἀδιαλείπτωςadialeiptōs	unceasingly	Adv
G3417μνείανmneian (N-AFS) G3417 μνεία mneía mni-ah from μνάομαι or μιμνήσκω; recollection; by implication, recital:--mention, remembrance.	μνείανmneian	mention	N-AFS
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G4160ποιοῦμαιpoioumai (V-PIM-1S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιοῦμαιpoioumai	I make,	V-PIM-1S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3842πάντοτεpantote (Adv) G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).	πάντοτεpantote	always	Adv
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	upon	Prep
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GFP
G4335προσευχῶνproseuchōn (N-GFP) G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.	προσευχῶνproseuchōn	prayers	N-GFP
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μου,mou	of me	PPro-G1S
G1189δεόμενοςdeomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.	δεόμενοςdeomenos	imploring,	V-PPM/P-NMS
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	εἴei	if	Conj
G4459πωςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,	πωςpōs	perhaps	Adv
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv) G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.	ἤδηēdē	now	Adv
G4218ποτὲpote (Adv) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,	ποτὲpote	at last	Adv
G2137εὐοδωθήσομαιeuodōthēsomai (V-FIP-1S) G2137 εὐοδόω euodóō yoo-od-o-o from a compound of εὖ and ὁδός; to help on the road, i.e. (passively) succeed in reaching; figuratively, to succeed in business affairs:--(have a) prosper(-ous journey).	εὐοδωθήσομαιeuodōthēsomai	I will make a prosperous journey	V-FIP-1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	by	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DNS
G2307θελήματιthelēmati (N-DNS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.	θελήματιthelēmati	will	N-DNS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God,	N-GMS
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.	ἐλθεῖνelthein	to come	V-ANA
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	to	Prep
G4771ὑμᾶς.hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶς.hymas	you.	PPro-A2P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1971ἐπιποθῶepipothō (V-PIA-1S) G1971 ἐπιποθέω epipothéō ep-ee-poth-eh-o from ἐπί and potheo (to yearn); to dote upon, i.e. intensely crave possession (lawfully or wrongfully):--(earnestly) desire (greatly), (greatly) long (after), lust.	ἐπιποθῶepipothō	I long	V-PIA-1S
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.	ἰδεῖνidein	to see	V-ANA
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶς,hymas	you,	PPro-A2P
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	that	Conj
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιti	some	IPro-ANS
G3330μεταδῶmetadō (V-ASA-1S) G3330 μεταδίδωμι metadídōmi met-ad-id-o-mee from μετά and δίδωμι; to give over, i.e. share:--give, impart.	μεταδῶmetadō	I may impart	V-ASA-1S
G5486χάρισμαcharisma (N-ANS) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.	χάρισμαcharisma	gift	N-ANS
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῖνhymin	to you	PPro-D2P
G4152πνευματικὸνpneumatikon (Adj-ANS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.	πνευματικὸνpneumatikon	spiritual,	Adj-ANS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G4741στηριχθῆναιstērichthēnai (V-ANP) G4741 στηρίζω stērízō stay-rid-zo from a presumed derivative of ἵστημι (like στερεός); to set fast, i.e. (literally) to turn resolutely in a certain direction, or (figuratively) to confirm:--fix, (e-)stablish, stedfastly set, strengthen.	στηριχθῆναιstērichthēnai	strengthening	V-ANP
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶς,hymas	of you,	PPro-A2P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτοtouto	that	DPro-NNS
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δέde	now	Conj
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is,	V-PIA-3S
G4837συμπαρακληθῆναιsymparaklēthēnai (V-ANP) G4837 συμπαρακαλέω symparakaléō soom-par-ak-al-eh-o from σύν and παρακαλέω; to console jointly:--comfort together.	συμπαρακληθῆναιsymparaklēthēnai	to be encouraged together	V-ANP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῖνhymin	you,	PPro-D2P
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G240ἀλλήλοιςallēlois (RecPro-DMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,	ἀλλήλοιςallēlois	one another	RecPro-DMP
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	faith	N-GFS
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1473ἐμοῦ.emou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἐμοῦ.emou	of me.	PPro-G1S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	Οὐou	Not	Adv
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).	θέλωthelō	I do want	V-PIA-1S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶςhymas	you	PPro-A2P
G50ἀγνοεῖν,agnoein (V-PNA) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.	ἀγνοεῖν,agnoein	to be ignorant,	V-PNA
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοί,adelphoi	brothers,	N-VMP
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).	πολλάκιςpollakis	many times	Adv
G4388προεθέμηνproethemēn (V-AIM-1S) G4388 προτίθεμαι protíthemai prot-ith-em-ahee middle voice from πρό and τίθημι; to place before, i.e. (for oneself) to exhibit; (to oneself) to propose (determine):--purpose, set forth.	προεθέμηνproethemēn	I purposed	V-AIM-1S
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.	ἐλθεῖνelthein	to come	V-ANA
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	to	Prep
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶς,hymas	you,	PPro-A2P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2967ἐκωλύθηνekōlythēn (V-AIP-1S) G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.	ἐκωλύθηνekōlythēn	was hindered,	V-AIP-1S
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,	ἄχριachri	until	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G1204δεῦρο,deuro (Adv) G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).	δεῦρο,deuro	present,	Adv
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	that	Conj
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τινὰtina	some	IPro-AMS
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS) G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.	καρπὸνkarpon	fruit	N-AMS
G2192σχῶschō (V-ASA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	σχῶschō	I might have	V-ASA-1S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῖνhymin	you,	PPro-D2P
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	even	Conj
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DNP
G3062λοιποῖςloipois (Adj-DNP) G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.	λοιποῖςloipois	other	Adj-DNP
G1484ἔθνεσιν.ethnesin (N-DNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.	ἔθνεσιν.ethnesin	Gentiles.	N-DNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1672ἝλλησίνHellēsin (N-DMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.	ἝλλησίνHellēsin	To Greeks	N-DMP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G915Βαρβάροις,Barbarois (Adj-DMP) G915 βάρβαρος bárbaros bar-bar-os of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. non-Greek):--barbarian(-rous).	Βαρβάροις,Barbarois	to barbarians,	Adj-DMP
G4680σοφοῖςsophois (Adj-DMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.	σοφοῖςsophois	to the wise	Adj-DMP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G453ἀνοήτοιςanoētois (Adj-DMP) G453 ἀνόητος anóētos an-o-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of νοιέω; unintelligent; by implication, sensual:--fool(-ish), unwise.	ἀνοήτοιςanoētois	the foolish,	Adj-DMP
G3781ὀφειλέτηςopheiletēs (N-NMS) G3781 ὀφειλέτης opheilétēs of-i-let-ace from ὀφείλω; an ower, i.e. person indebted; figuratively, a delinquent; morally, a transgressor (against God):--debtor, which owed, sinner.	ὀφειλέτηςopheiletēs	a debtor	N-NMS
G1510εἰμί·eimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἰμί·eimi	I am.	V-PIA-1S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.	οὕτωςhoutōs	Thus	Adv
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατ’kat’	as to	Prep
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἐμὲeme	me there is	PPro-A1S
G4289πρόθυμονprothymon (Adj-NNS) G4289 πρόθυμος próthymos proth-oo-mos from πρό and θυμός; forward in spirit, i.e. predisposed; neuter (as noun) alacrity:--ready, willing.	πρόθυμονprothymon	readiness	Adj-NNS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῖνhymin	to you	PPro-D2P
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	who are	Art-DMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G4516ῬώμῃRhōmē (N-DFS) G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.	ῬώμῃRhōmē	Rome,	N-DFS
G2097εὐαγγελίσασθαι.euangelisasthai (V-ANM) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).	εὐαγγελίσασθαι.euangelisasthai	to preach the gospel.	V-ANM

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	Οὐou	Not	Adv
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G1870ἐπαισχύνομαιepaischynomai (V-PIM/P-1S) G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.	ἐπαισχύνομαιepaischynomai	I am ashamed of	V-PIM/P-1S
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2098εὐαγγέλιον·euangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.	εὐαγγέλιον·euangelion	gospel,	N-ANS
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.	δύναμιςdynamis	the power	N-NFS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	it is,	V-PIA-3S
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	unto	Prep
G4991σωτηρίανsōtērian (N-AFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.	σωτηρίανsōtērian	salvation	N-AFS
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	παντὶpanti	to everyone	Adj-DMS
G4100πιστεύοντι,pisteuonti (V-PPA-DMS) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.	πιστεύοντι,pisteuonti	believing—	V-PPA-DMS
G2453ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō (Adj-DMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō	to Jewish	Adj-DMS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	πρῶτονprōton	first	Adv-S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1672Ἕλληνι.Hellēni (N-DMS) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.	Ἕλληνι.Hellēni	to Greek.	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1343δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē (N-NFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē	The righteousness	N-NFS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	it	PPro-DN3S
G601ἀποκαλύπτεταιapokalyptetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokalýptō ap-ok-al-oop-to from ἀπό and καλύπτω; to take off the cover, i.e. disclose:--reveal.	ἀποκαλύπτεταιapokalyptetai	is revealed,	V-PIM/P-3S
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	from	Prep
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	faith	N-GFS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G4102πίστιν,pistin (N-AFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστιν,pistin	faith,	N-AFS
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).	γέγραπταιgegraptai	it has been written:	V-RIM/P-3S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	And	Conj
G1342δίκαιοςdikaios (Adj-NMS) G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).	δίκαιοςdikaios	the righteous	Adj-NMS
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	by	Prep
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	faith	N-GFS
G2198ζήσεται.zēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.	ζήσεται.zēsetai	will live.”	V-FIM-3S

πρωτον μεν ευχαριστω τω θεω μου δια ιησου χριστου υπερ παντων υμων οτι η πιστις υμων καταγγελλεται εν ολω τω κοσμω μαρτυς γαρ μου εστιν ο θεος ω λατρευω εν τω πνευματι μου εν τω ευαγγελιω του υιου αυτου ως αδιαλειπτως μνειαν υμων ποιουμαι παντοτε επι των προσευχων μου δεομενος ειπως ηδη ποτε ευοδωθησομαι εν τω θεληματι του θεου ελθειν προς υμας επιποθω γαρ ιδειν υμας ινα τι μεταδω χαρισμα υμιν πνευματικον εις το στηριχθηναι υμας τουτο δε εστιν συμπαρακληθηναι εν υμιν δια της εν αλληλοις πιστεως υμων τε και εμου ου θελω δε υμας αγνοειν αδελφοι οτι πολλακις προεθεμην ελθειν προς υμας και εκωλυθην αχρι του δευρο ινα καρπον τινα σχω και εν υμιν καθως και εν τοις λοιποις εθνεσιν ελλησιν τε και βαρβαροις σοφοις τε και ανοητοις οφειλετης ειμι ουτως το κατ εμε προθυμον και υμιν τοις εν ρωμη ευαγγελισασθαι ου γαρ επαισχυνομαι το ευαγγελιον του χριστου δυναμις γαρ θεου εστιν εις σωτηριαν παντι τω πιστευοντι ιουδαιω τε πρωτον και ελληνι δικαιοσυνη γαρ θεου εν αυτω αποκαλυπτεται εκ πιστεως εις πιστιν καθως γεγραπται ο δε δικαιος εκ πιστεως ζησεται

God’s Wrath against Sin

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G601ἈποκαλύπτεταιApokalyptetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokalýptō ap-ok-al-oop-to from ἀπό and καλύπτω; to take off the cover, i.e. disclose:--reveal.	ἈποκαλύπτεταιApokalyptetai	Is revealed	V-PIM/P-3S
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3709ὀργὴorgē (N-NFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργὴorgē	the wrath	N-NFS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπ’ap’	from	Prep
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.	οὐρανοῦouranou	heaven	N-GMS
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	upon	Prep
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶσανpasan	all	Adj-AFS
G763ἀσέβειανasebeian (N-AFS) G763 ἀσέβεια asébeia as-eb-i-ah from ἀσεβής; impiety, i.e. (by implication) wickedness:--ungodly(-liness).	ἀσέβειανasebeian	ungodliness	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G93ἀδικίανadikian (N-AFS) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.	ἀδικίανadikian	unrighteousness	N-AFS
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn	of men,	N-GMP
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G225ἀλήθειανalētheian (N-AFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.	ἀλήθειανalētheian	truth	N-AFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	by	Prep
G93ἀδικίᾳadikia (N-DFS) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.	ἀδικίᾳadikia	unrighteousness	N-DFS
G2722κατεχόντων,katechontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.	κατεχόντων,katechontōn	suppressing,	V-PPA-GMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1360διότιdioti (Conj) G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.	διότιdioti	because	Conj
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS) G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.	γνωστὸνgnōston	known	Adj-NNS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G5318φανερόνphaneron (Adj-NNS) G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).	φανερόνphaneron	manifest	Adj-NNS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῖς·autois	them,	PPro-DM3P
G2316θεὸςtheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	θεὸςtheos	God	N-NMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῖςautois	to them	PPro-DM3P
G5319ἐφανέρωσεν.ephanerōsen (V-AIA-3S) G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).	ἐφανέρωσεν.ephanerōsen	has revealed it.	V-AIA-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	The	Art-NNP
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G517ἀόραταaorata (Adj-NNP) G517 ἀόρατος aóratos ah-or-at-os from Α (as a negative particle) and ὁρατός; invisible:--invisible (thing).	ἀόραταaorata	invisible qualities	Adj-NNP
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G2937κτίσεωςktiseōs (N-GFS) G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.	κτίσεωςktiseōs	the creation	N-GFS
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.	κόσμουkosmou	of the world,	N-GMS
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	by the	Art-DNP
G4161ποιήμασινpoiēmasin (N-DNP) G4161 ποίημα poíēma poy-ay-mah from ποιέω; a product, i.e. fabric (literally or figuratively):--thing that is made, workmanship.	ποιήμασινpoiēmasin	things made	N-DNP
G3539νοούμεναnooumena (V-PPM/P-NNP) G3539 νοιέω noiéō noy-eh-o from νοῦς; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed:--consider, perceive, think, understand.	νοούμεναnooumena	being understood,	V-PPM/P-NNP
G2529καθορᾶται,kathoratai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2529 καθοράω kathoráō kath-or-ah-o from κατά and ὁράω; to behold fully, i.e. (figuratively) distinctly apprehend:--clearly see.	καθορᾶται,kathoratai	are clearly seen,	V-PIM/P-3S
G3588ἥhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἥhē	the	Art-NFS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G126ἀΐδιοςaidios (Adj-NFS) G126 ἀΐδιος aḯdios ah-id-ee-os from ἀεί; everduring (forward and backward, or forward only):--eternal, everlasting.	ἀΐδιοςaidios	eternal	Adj-NFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.	δύναμιςdynamis	power	N-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2305θειότης,theiotēs (N-NFS) G2305 θειότης theiótēs thi-ot-ace from θεῖος; divinity (abstractly):--godhead.	θειότης,theiotēs	divinity,	N-NFS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶναιeinai	to be	V-PNA
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	them	PPro-AM3P
G379ἀναπολογήτους,anapologētous (Adj-AMP) G379 ἀναπολόγητος anapológētos an-ap-ol-og-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ἀπολογέομαι; indefensible:--without an excuse, inexcusable.	ἀναπολογήτους,anapologētous	without excuse.	Adj-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1360Διότιdioti (Conj) G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.	Διότιdioti	For	Conj
G1097γνόντεςgnontes (V-APA-NMP) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.	γνόντεςgnontes	having known	V-APA-NMP
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸνTheon	God,	N-AMS
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐχouch	not	Adv
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸνTheon	God	N-AMS
G1392ἐδόξασανedoxasan (V-AIA-3P) G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.	ἐδόξασανedoxasan	they glorified Him,	V-AIA-3P
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	or	Conj
G2168ηὐχαρίστησαν,ēucharistēsan (V-AIA-3P) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).	ηὐχαρίστησαν,ēucharistēsan	were thankful,	V-AIA-3P
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	but	Conj
G3154ἐματαιώθησανemataiōthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G3154 ματαιόω mataióō mat-ah-yo-o from μάταιος; to render (passively, become) foolish, i.e. (morally) wicked or (specially), idolatrous:--become vain.	ἐματαιώθησανemataiōthēsan	they became futile	V-AIP-3P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DMP
G1261διαλογισμοῖςdialogismois (N-DMP) G1261 διαλογισμός dialogismós dee-al-og-is-mos from διαλογίζομαι; discussion, i.e. (internal) consideration (by implication, purpose), or (external) debate:--dispute, doubtful(-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought.	διαλογισμοῖςdialogismois	thinking	N-DMP
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν,autōn	of them,	PPro-GM3P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4654ἐσκοτίσθηeskotisthē (V-AIP-3S) G4654 σκοτίζω skotízō skot-id-zo from σκότος; to obscure (literally or figuratively):--darken.	ἐσκοτίσθηeskotisthē	was darkened	V-AIP-3S
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G801ἀσύνετοςasynetos (Adj-NFS) G801 ἀσύνετος asýnetos as-oon-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and συνετός; unintelligent; by implication, wicked:--foolish, without understanding.	ἀσύνετοςasynetos	foolish	Adj-NFS
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G2588καρδία.kardia (N-NFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδία.kardia	heart.	N-NFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5335φάσκοντεςphaskontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5335 φάσκω pháskō fas-ko prolongation from the same as φημί; to assert:--affirm, profess, say.	φάσκοντεςphaskontes	Professing	V-PPA-NMP
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶναιeinai	to be	V-PNA
G4680σοφοὶsophoi (Adj-NMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.	σοφοὶsophoi	wise,	Adj-NMP
G3471ἐμωράνθησαν,emōranthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G3471 μωραίνω mōraínō mo-rah-ee-no from μωρός; to become insipid; figuratively, to make (passively, act) as a simpleton:--become fool, make foolish, lose savour.	ἐμωράνθησαν,emōranthēsan	they became fools,	V-AIP-3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G236ἤλλαξανēllaxan (V-AIA-3P) G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.	ἤλλαξανēllaxan	they changed	V-AIA-3P
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξανdoxan	glory	N-AFS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G862ἀφθάρτουaphthartou (Adj-GMS) G862 ἄφθαρτος áphthartos af-thar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of φθείρω; undecaying (in essence or continuance):--not (in-, un-)corruptible, immortal.	ἀφθάρτουaphthartou	immortal	Adj-GMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	God	N-GMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	into	Prep
G3667ὁμοιώματιhomoiōmati (N-DNS) G3667 ὁμοίωμα homoíōma hom-oy-o-mah from ὁμοιόω; a form; abstractly, resemblance:--made like to, likeness, shape, similitude.	ὁμοιώματιhomoiōmati	a likeness	N-DNS
G1504εἰκόνοςeikonos (N-GFS) G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.	εἰκόνοςeikonos	of an image	N-GFS
G5349φθαρτοῦphthartou (Adj-GMS) G5349 φθαρτός phthartós fthar-tos from φθείρω; decayed, i.e. (by implication) perishable:--corruptible.	φθαρτοῦphthartou	of mortal	Adj-GMS
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou	man	N-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4071πετεινῶνpeteinōn (N-GNP) G4071 πετεινόν peteinón pet-i-non neuter of a derivative of πέτομαι; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird, fowl.	πετεινῶνpeteinōn	birds	N-GNP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5074τετραπόδωνtetrapodōn (Adj-GNP) G5074 τετράπους tetrápous tet-rap-ooce from τέσσαρες and πούς; a quadruped:--fourfooted beast.	τετραπόδωνtetrapodōn	quadrupeds	Adj-GNP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2062ἑρπετῶν.herpetōn (N-GNP) G2062 ἑρπετόν herpetón her-pet-on neuter of a derivative of (to creep); a reptile, i.e. (by Hebraism (compare רֶמֶשׂ)) a small animal:--creeping thing, serpent.	ἑρπετῶν.herpetōn	creeping things.	N-GNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.	ΔιὸDio	Therefore	Conj
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.	παρέδωκενparedōken	gave up	V-AIA-3S
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	them	PPro-AM3P
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ταῖςtais	the	Art-DFP
G1939ἐπιθυμίαιςepithymiais (N-DFP) G1939 ἐπιθυμία epithymía ep-ee-thoo-mee-ah from ἐπιθυμέω; a longing (especially for what is forbidden):--concupiscence, desire, lust (after).	ἐπιθυμίαιςepithymiais	desires	N-DFP
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GFP
G2588καρδιῶνkardiōn (N-GFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδιῶνkardiōn	hearts	N-GFP
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G167ἀκαθαρσίανakatharsian (N-AFS) G167 ἀκαθαρσία akatharsía ak-ath-ar-see-ah from ἀκάθαρτος; impurity (the quality), physically or morally:--uncleanness.	ἀκαθαρσίανakatharsian	impurity	N-AFS
G818ἀτιμάζεσθαιatimazesthai (V-PNM/P) G818 ἀτιμάζω atimázō at-im-ad-zo from ἄτιμος; to render infamous, i.e. (by implication) contemn or maltreat:--despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat shamefully.	ἀτιμάζεσθαιatimazesthai	to dishonor	V-PNM/P
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G4983σώματαsōmata (N-ANP) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.	σώματαsōmata	bodies	N-ANP
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	between	Prep
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῖς,autois	themselves,	PPro-DM3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,	οἵτινεςhoitines	who	RelPro-NMP
G3337μετήλλαξανmetēllaxan (V-AIA-3P) G3337 μεταλλάσσω metallássō met-al-las-so from μετά and ἀλλάσσω; to exchange:--change.	μετήλλαξανmetēllaxan	changed	V-AIA-3P
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G225ἀλήθειανalētheian (N-AFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.	ἀλήθειανalētheian	truth	N-AFS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	into	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DNS
G5579ψεύδει,pseudei (N-DNS) G5579 ψεῦδος pseûdos psyoo-dos from ψεύδομαι; a falsehood:--lie, lying.	ψεύδει,pseudei	falsehood,	N-DNS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4573ἐσεβάσθησανesebasthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G4573 σεβάζομαι sebázomai seb-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from a derivative of σέβομαι; to venerate, i.e. adore:--worship.	ἐσεβάσθησανesebasthēsan	reverenced	V-AIP-3P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3000ἐλάτρευσανelatreusan (V-AIA-3P) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).	ἐλάτρευσανelatreusan	served	V-AIA-3P
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G2937κτίσειktisei (N-DFS) G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.	κτίσειktisei	created thing	N-DFS
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	beyond	Prep
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the One	Art-AMS
G2936Κτίσαντα,Ktisanta (V-APA-AMS) G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.	Κτίσαντα,Ktisanta	having created it,	V-APA-AMS
G3739ὅςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὅςhos	who	RelPro-NMS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G2128εὐλογητὸςeulogētos (Adj-NMS) G2128 εὐλογητός eulogētós yoo-log-ay-tos from εὐλογέω; adorable:--blessed.	εὐλογητὸςeulogētos	blessed	Adj-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G165αἰῶνας·aiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.	αἰῶνας·aiōnas	ages!	N-AMP
G281ἀμήν.amēn (Heb) G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,	ἀμήν.amēn	Amen.	Heb

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	ΔιὰDia	Because of	Prep
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτοtouto	this	DPro-ANS
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.	παρέδωκενparedōken	gave up	V-AIA-3S
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	them	PPro-AM3P
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3806πάθηpathē (N-ANP) G3806 πάθος páthos path-os from the alternate of πάσχω; properly, suffering (pathos), i.e. (subjectively) a passion (especially concupiscence):-- (inordinate) affection, lust.	πάθηpathē	passions	N-ANP
G819ἀτιμίας·atimias (N-GFS) G819 ἀτιμία atimía at-ee-mee-ah from ἄτιμος; infamy, i.e. (subjectively) comparative indignity, (objectively) disgrace:--dishonour, reproach, shame, vile.	ἀτιμίας·atimias	of dishonor.	N-GFS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	Even	Conj
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2338θήλειαιthēleiai (Adj-NFP) G2338 θῆλυς thēlys thay-loos from the same as θηλάζω; female:--female, woman.	θήλειαιthēleiai	females	Adj-NFP
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G3337μετήλλαξανmetēllaxan (V-AIA-3P) G3337 μεταλλάσσω metallássō met-al-las-so from μετά and ἀλλάσσω; to exchange:--change.	μετήλλαξανmetēllaxan	changed	V-AIA-3P
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G5446φυσικὴνphysikēn (Adj-AFS) G5446 φυσικός physikós foo-see-kos from φύσις; physical, i.e. (by implication) instinctive:--natural. Compare ψυχικός.	φυσικὴνphysikēn	natural	Adj-AFS
G5540χρῆσινchrēsin (N-AFS) G5540 χρῆσις chrēsis khray-sis from χράομαι; employment, i.e. (specially), sexual intercourse (as an occupation of the body):--use.	χρῆσινchrēsin	use	N-AFS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	that	Art-AFS
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	contrary to	Prep
G5449φύσιν,physin (N-AFS) G5449 φύσις phýsis foo-sis from φύω; growth (by germination or expansion), i.e. (by implication) natural production (lineal descent); by extension, a genus or sort; figuratively, native disposition, constitution or usage:--(man-)kind, nature(-al).	φύσιν,physin	nature.	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv) G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.	ὁμοίωςhomoiōs	Likewise	Adv
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	then	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G730ἄρσενεςarsenes (N-NMP) G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.	ἄρσενεςarsenes	males,	N-NMP
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.	ἀφέντεςaphentes	having left	V-APA-NMP
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G5446φυσικὴνphysikēn (Adj-AFS) G5446 φυσικός physikós foo-see-kos from φύσις; physical, i.e. (by implication) instinctive:--natural. Compare ψυχικός.	φυσικὴνphysikēn	natural	Adj-AFS
G5540χρῆσινchrēsin (N-AFS) G5540 χρῆσις chrēsis khray-sis from χράομαι; employment, i.e. (specially), sexual intercourse (as an occupation of the body):--use.	χρῆσινchrēsin	use	N-AFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G2338θηλείαςthēleias (Adj-GFS) G2338 θῆλυς thēlys thay-loos from the same as θηλάζω; female:--female, woman.	θηλείαςthēleias	female,	Adj-GFS
G1572ἐξεκαύθησανexekauthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1572 ἐκκαίω ekkaíō ek-kah-yo from ἐκ and καίω; to inflame deeply:--burn.	ἐξεκαύθησανexekauthēsan	were inflamed	V-AIP-3P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G3715ὀρέξειorexei (N-DFS) G3715 ὄρεξις órexis or-ex-is from ὀρέγομαι; excitement of the mind, i.e. longing after:--lust.	ὀρέξειorexei	desire	N-DFS
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	toward	Prep
G240ἀλλήλους,allēlous (RecPro-AMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,	ἀλλήλους,allēlous	one another,	RecPro-AMP
G730ἄρσενεςarsenes (N-NMP) G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.	ἄρσενεςarsenes	males	N-NMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	with	Prep
G730ἄρσεσινarsesin (N-DMP) G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.	ἄρσεσινarsesin	males,	N-DMP
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G808ἀσχημοσύνηνaschēmosynēn (N-AFS) G808 ἀσχημοσύνη aschēmosýnē as-kay-mos-oo-nay from ἀσχήμων; an indecency; by implication, the pudenda:--shame, that which is unseemly.	ἀσχημοσύνηνaschēmosynēn	shame	N-AFS
G2716κατεργαζόμενοιkatergazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2716 κατεργάζομαι katergázomai kat-er-gad-zom-ahee from κατά and ἐργάζομαι; to work fully, i.e. accomplish; by implication, to finish, fashion:--cause, to (deed), perform, work (out).	κατεργαζόμενοιkatergazomenoi	working out,	V-PPM/P-NMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G489ἀντιμισθίανantimisthian (N-AFS) G489 ἀντιμισθία antimisthía an-tee-mis-thee-ah from a compound of ἀντί and μισθός; requital, correspondence:--recompense.	ἀντιμισθίανantimisthian	recompense	N-AFS
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἣνhēn	which	RelPro-AFS
G1163ἔδειedei (V-IIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.	ἔδειedei	was fitting	V-IIA-3S
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G4106πλάνηςplanēs (N-GFS) G4106 πλάνη plánē plan-ay feminine of πλάνος (as abstractly); objectively, fraudulence; subjectively, a straying from orthodoxy or piety:--deceit, to deceive, delusion, error.	πλάνηςplanēs	error	N-GFS
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them,	PPro-GM3P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,	ἑαυτοῖςheautois	themselves	RefPro-DM3P
G618ἀπολαμβάνοντες.apolambanontes (V-PPA-NMP) G618 ἀπολαμβάνω apolambánō ap-ol-am-ban-o from ἀπό and λαμβάνω; to receive (specially, in full, or as a host); also to take aside:--receive, take.	ἀπολαμβάνοντες.apolambanontes	receiving.	V-PPA-NMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	ΚαὶKai	And	Conj
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	not	Adv
G1381ἐδοκίμασανedokimasan (V-AIA-3P) G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimázō dok-im-ad-zo from δόκιμος; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve:--allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try.	ἐδοκίμασανedokimasan	they did see fit	V-AIA-3P
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸνTheon	God	N-AMS
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχεινechein	to have	V-PNA
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in their	Prep
G1922ἐπιγνώσει,epignōsei (N-DFS) G1922 ἐπίγνωσις epígnōsis ep-ig-no-sis from ἐπιγινώσκω; recognition, i.e. (by implication) full discernment, acknowledgement:--(ac-)knowledge(-ing, - ment).	ἐπιγνώσει,epignōsei	knowledge,	N-DFS
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.	παρέδωκενparedōken	gave up	V-AIA-3S
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	them	PPro-AM3P
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G96ἀδόκιμονadokimon (Adj-AMS) G96 ἀδόκιμος adókimos ad-ok-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and δόκιμος; unapproved, i.e. rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally):--castaway, rejected, reprobate.	ἀδόκιμονadokimon	a depraved	Adj-AMS
G3563νοῦν,noun (N-AMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.	νοῦν,noun	mind,	N-AMS
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιεῖνpoiein	to do	V-PNA
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	things	Art-ANP
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G2520καθήκοντα,kathēkonta (V-PPA-ANP) G2520 καθήκω kathḗkō kath-ay-ko from κατά and ἥκω; to reach to, i.e. (neuter of present active participle, figuratively as adjective) becoming:-- convenient, fit.	καθήκοντα,kathēkonta	being proper;	V-PPA-ANP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4137πεπληρωμένουςpeplērōmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP) G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.	πεπληρωμένουςpeplērōmenous	being filled with	V-RPM/P-AMP
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάσῃpasē	all	Adj-DFS
G93ἀδικίᾳadikia (N-DFS) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.	ἀδικίᾳadikia	unrighteousness,	N-DFS
G4189πονηρίᾳponēria (N-DFS) G4189 πονηρία ponēría pon-ay-ree-ah from πονηρός; depravity, i.e. (specially), malice; plural (concretely) plots, sins:--iniquity, wickedness.	πονηρίᾳponēria	wickedness,	N-DFS
G4124πλεονεξίᾳpleonexia (N-DFS) G4124 πλεονεξία pleonexía pleh-on-ex-ee-ah from πλεονέκτης; avarice, i.e. (by implication) fraudulency, extortion:--covetous(-ness) practices, greediness.	πλεονεξίᾳpleonexia	covetousness,	N-DFS
G2549κακίᾳ,kakia (N-DFS) G2549 κακία kakía kak-ee-ah from κακός; badness, i.e. (subjectively) depravity, or (actively) malignity, or (passively) trouble:--evil, malice(-iousness), naughtiness, wickedness.	κακίᾳ,kakia	malice;	N-DFS
G3324μεστοὺςmestous (Adj-AMP) G3324 μεστός mestós mes-tos of uncertain derivation; replete (literally or figuratively):--full.	μεστοὺςmestous	full	Adj-AMP
G5355φθόνουphthonou (N-GMS) G5355 φθόνος phthónos fthon-os probably akin to the base of φθείρω; ill-will (as detraction), i.e. jealousy (spite):--envy.	φθόνουphthonou	of envy,	N-GMS
G5408φόνουphonou (N-GMS) G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.	φόνουphonou	murder,	N-GMS
G2054ἔριδοςeridos (N-GFS) G2054 ἔρις éris er-is of uncertain affinity; a quarrel, i.e. (by implication) wrangling:--contention, debate, strife, variance.	ἔριδοςeridos	strife,	N-GFS
G1388δόλουdolou (N-GMS) G1388 δόλος dólos dol-os from an obsolete primary verb, (probably meaning to decoy; compare δελεάζω); a trick (bait), i.e. (figuratively) wile:--craft, deceit, guile, subtilty.	δόλουdolou	deceit,	N-GMS
G2550κακοηθείας,kakoētheias (N-GFS) G2550 κακοήθεια kakoḗtheia kak-o-ay-thi-ah from a compound of κακός and ἦθος; bad character, i.e. (specially) mischievousness:--malignity.	κακοηθείας,kakoētheias	maliciousness;	N-GFS
G5588ψιθυριστάς,psithyristas (N-AMP) G5588 ψιθυριστής psithyristḗs psith-oo-ris-tace from the same as ψιθυρισμός; a secret calumniator:--whisperer.	ψιθυριστάς,psithyristas	gossips,	N-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2637καταλάλους,katalalous (Adj-AMP) G2637 κατάλαλος katálalos kat-al-al-os from κατά and the base of λαλέω; talkative against, i.e. a slanderer:--backbiter.	καταλάλους,katalalous	slanderers,	Adj-AMP
G2319θεοστυγεῖς,theostygeis (Adj-AMP) G2319 θεοστυγής theostygḗs theh-os-too-gace from θεός and the base of στυγνητός; hateful to God, i.e. impious:--hater of God.	θεοστυγεῖς,theostygeis	hateful to God,	Adj-AMP
G5197ὑβριστάς,hybristas (N-AMP) G5197 ὑβριστής hybristḗs hoo-bris-tace from ὑβρίζω; an insulter, i.e. maltreater:--despiteful, injurious.	ὑβριστάς,hybristas	insolent,	N-AMP
G5244ὑπερηφάνους,hyperēphanous (Adj-AMP) G5244 ὑπερήφανος hyperḗphanos hoop-er-ay-fan-os from ὑπέρ and φαίνω; appearing above others (conspicuous), i.e. (figuratively) haughty:--proud.	ὑπερηφάνους,hyperēphanous	arrogant,	Adj-AMP
G213ἀλαζόνας,alazonas (N-AMP) G213 ἀλαζών alazṓn al-ad-zone from (vagrancy); braggart:--boaster.	ἀλαζόνας,alazonas	boastful;	N-AMP
G2182ἐφευρετὰςepheuretas (N-AMP) G2182 ἐφευρετής epheuretḗs ef-yoo-ret-ace from a compound of ἐπί and εὑρίσκω; a discoverer, i.e. contriver:--inventor.	ἐφευρετὰςepheuretas	inventors	N-AMP
G2556κακῶν,kakōn (Adj-GNP) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.	κακῶν,kakōn	of evil things,	Adj-GNP
G1118γονεῦσινgoneusin (N-DMP) G1118 γονεύς goneús gon-yooce from the base of γίνομαι; a parent:--parent.	γονεῦσινgoneusin	to parents	N-DMP
G545ἀπειθεῖς,apeitheis (Adj-AMP) G545 ἀπειθής apeithḗs ap-i-thace from Α (as a negative particle) and πείθω; unpersuadable, i.e. contumacious:--disobedient.	ἀπειθεῖς,apeitheis	disobedient;	Adj-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G801ἀσυνέτους,asynetous (Adj-AMP) G801 ἀσύνετος asýnetos as-oon-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and συνετός; unintelligent; by implication, wicked:--foolish, without understanding.	ἀσυνέτους,asynetous	foolish,	Adj-AMP
G802ἀσυνθέτους,asynthetous (Adj-AMP) G802 ἀσύνθετος asýnthetos as-oon-thet-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of συντίθεμαι; properly, not agreed, i.e. treacherous to compacts:-- covenant-breaker.	ἀσυνθέτους,asynthetous	untrustworthy,	Adj-AMP
G794ἀστόργους,astorgous (Adj-AMP) G794 ἄστοργος ástorgos as-tor-gos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of (to cherish affectionately); hard-hearted towards kindred:--without natural affection.	ἀστόργους,astorgous	heartless,	Adj-AMP
G415ἀνελεήμονας·aneleēmonas (Adj-AMP) G415 ἀνελεήμων aneleḗmōn an-eleh-ay-mone from Α (as a negative particle) and ἐλεήμων; merciless:--unmerciful.	ἀνελεήμονας·aneleēmonas	unmerciful;	Adj-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,	οἵτινεςhoitines	who	RelPro-NMP
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G1345δικαίωμαdikaiōma (N-ANS) G1345 δικαίωμα dikaíōma dik-ah-yo-mah from δικαιόω; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision:--judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness.	δικαίωμαdikaiōma	righteous decree	N-ANS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1921ἐπιγνόντες,epignontes (V-APA-NMP) G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.	ἐπιγνόντες,epignontes	having known,	V-APA-NMP
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	those	Art-NMP
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	such	Art-ANP
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).	τοιαῦταtoiauta	things	DPro-ANP
G4238πράσσοντεςprassontes (V-PPA-NMP) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσοντεςprassontes	doing,	V-PPA-NMP
G514ἄξιοιaxioi (Adj-NMP) G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.	ἄξιοιaxioi	worthy	Adj-NMP
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτουthanatou	of death	N-GMS
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἰσίν,eisin	are,	V-PIA-3P
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	not	Adv
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.	μόνονmonon	only	Adv
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὰauta	them	PPro-AN3P
G4160ποιοῦσιν,poiousin (V-PIA-3P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιοῦσιν,poiousin	are practicing,	V-PIA-3P
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	but	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G4909συνευδοκοῦσινsyneudokousin (V-PIA-3P) G4909 συνευδοκέω syneudokéō soon-yoo-dok-eh-o from σύν and εὐδοκέω; to think well of in common, i.e. assent to, feel gratified with:--allow, assent, be pleased, have pleasure.	συνευδοκοῦσινsyneudokousin	are approving of	V-PIA-3P
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	those	Art-DMP
G4238πράσσουσιν.prassousin (V-PPA-DMP) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσουσιν.prassousin	practicing them.	V-PPA-DMP

αποκαλυπτεται γαρ οργη θεου απ ουρανου επι πασαν ασεβειαν και αδικιαν ανθρωπων των την αληθειαν εν αδικια κατεχοντων διοτι το γνωστον του θεου φανερον εστιν εν αυτοις ο γαρ θεος αυτοις εφανερωσεν τα γαρ αορατα αυτου απο κτισεως κοσμου τοις ποιημασιν νοουμενα καθοραται η τε αιδιος αυτου δυναμις και θειοτης εις το ειναι αυτους αναπολογητους διοτι γνοντες τον θεον ουχ ως θεον εδοξασαν η ευχαριστησαν αλλ εματαιωθησαν εν τοις διαλογισμοις αυτων και εσκοτισθη η ασυνετος αυτων καρδια φασκοντες ειναι σοφοι εμωρανθησαν και ηλλαξαν την δοξαν του αφθαρτου θεου εν ομοιωματι εικονος φθαρτου ανθρωπου και πετεινων και τετραποδων και ερπετων διο και παρεδωκεν αυτους ο θεος εν ταις επιθυμιαις των καρδιων αυτων εις ακαθαρσιαν του ατιμαζεσθαι τα σωματα αυτων εν εαυτοις οιτινες μετηλλαξαν την αληθειαν του θεου εν τω ψευδει και εσεβασθησαν και ελατρευσαν τη κτισει παρα τον κτισαντα ος εστιν ευλογητος εις τους αιωνας αμην δια τουτο παρεδωκεν αυτους ο θεος εις παθη ατιμιας αι τε γαρ θηλειαι αυτων μετηλλαξαν την φυσικην χρησιν εις την παρα φυσιν ομοιως τε και οι {VAR1: αρρενες } {VAR2: αρσενες } αφεντες την φυσικην χρησιν της θηλειας εξεκαυθησαν εν τη ορεξει αυτων εις αλληλους αρσενες εν αρσεσιν την ασχημοσυνην κατεργαζομενοι και την αντιμισθιαν ην εδει της πλανης αυτων εν εαυτοις απολαμβανοντες και καθως ουκ εδοκιμασαν τον θεον εχειν εν επιγνωσει παρεδωκεν αυτους ο θεος εις αδοκιμον νουν ποιειν τα μη καθηκοντα πεπληρωμενους παση αδικια πορνεια πονηρια πλεονεξια κακια μεστους φθονου φονου εριδος δολου κακοηθειας ψιθυριστας καταλαλους θεοστυγεις υβριστας υπερηφανους αλαζονας εφευρετας κακων γονευσιν απειθεις ασυνετους ασυνθετους αστοργους ασπονδους ανελεημονας οιτινες το δικαιωμα του θεου επιγνοντες οτι οι τα τοιαυτα πρασσοντες αξιοι θανατου εισιν ου μονον αυτα ποιουσιν αλλα και συνευδοκουσιν τοις πρασσουσιν

2

Unrighteous Israel

God’s Righteous Judgment

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.	ΔιὸDio	Therefore	Conj
G379ἀναπολόγητοςanapologētos (Adj-NMS) G379 ἀναπολόγητος anapológētos an-ap-ol-og-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ἀπολογέομαι; indefensible:--without an excuse, inexcusable.	ἀναπολόγητοςanapologētos	inexcusable	Adj-NMS
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶ,ei	you are,	V-PIA-2S
G5599ὦō (I) G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,	ὦō	O	I
G444ἄνθρωπεanthrōpe (N-VMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἄνθρωπεanthrōpe	man,	N-VMS
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-VMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶςpas	each one	Adj-VMS
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	who	Art-VMS
G2919κρίνων·krinōn (V-PPA-VMS) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνων·krinōn	is judging.	V-PPA-VMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	In	Prep
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	that which	RelPro-DNS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2919κρίνειςkrineis (V-PIA-2S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνειςkrineis	you judge	V-PIA-2S
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G2087ἕτερον,heteron (Adj-AMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.	ἕτερον,heteron	other,	Adj-AMS
G4572σεαυτὸνseauton (PPro-AM2S) G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,	σεαυτὸνseauton	yourself	PPro-AM2S
G2632κατακρίνεις·katakrineis (V-PIA-2S) G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.	κατακρίνεις·katakrineis	you are condemning;	V-PIA-2S
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὰauta	the same things	PPro-AN3P
G4238πράσσειςprasseis (V-PIA-2S) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσειςprasseis	you do,	V-PIA-2S
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the one	Art-NMS
G2919κρίνων.krinōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνων.krinōn	judging.	V-PPA-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1492οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.	οἴδαμενoidamen	We know	V-RIA-1P
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-NNS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.	κρίμαkrima	judgment	N-NNS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G225ἀλήθειανalētheian (N-AFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.	ἀλήθειανalētheian	truth,	N-AFS
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	upon	Prep
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	those	Art-AMP
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).	τοιαῦταtoiauta	such things	DPro-ANP
G4238πράσσοντας.prassontas (V-PPA-AMP) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσοντας.prassontas	practicing.	V-PPA-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3049λογίζῃlogizē (V-PIM/P-2S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	λογίζῃlogizē	Suppose you	V-PIM/P-2S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G3778τοῦτο,touto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτο,touto	this,	DPro-ANS
G5599ὦō (I) G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,	ὦō	O	I
G444ἄνθρωπεanthrōpe (N-VMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἄνθρωπεanthrōpe	man,	N-VMS
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the one	Art-VMS
G2919κρίνωνkrinōn (V-PPA-VMS) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνωνkrinōn	judging	V-PPA-VMS
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	those	Art-AMP
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).	τοιαῦταtoiauta	such things	DPro-ANP
G4238πράσσονταςprassontas (V-PPA-AMP) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσονταςprassontas	practicing,	V-PPA-AMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-VMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιῶνpoiōn	doing	V-PPA-VMS
G846αὐτά,auta (PPro-AN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτά,auta	them yourself,	PPro-AN3P
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σὺsy	you	PPro-N2S
G1628ἐκφεύξῃekpheuxē (V-FIM-2S) G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.	ἐκφεύξῃekpheuxē	will escape	V-FIM-2S
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-ANS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.	κρίμαkrima	judgment	N-ANS
G2316Θεοῦ;Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ;Theou	of God?	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	Or	Conj
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G4149πλούτουploutou (N-GMS) G4149 πλοῦτος ploûtos ploo-tos from the base of πλήθω; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment:--riches.	πλούτουploutou	riches	N-GMS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G5544χρηστότητοςchrēstotētos (N-GFS) G5544 χρηστότης chrēstótēs khray-stot-ace from χρηστός; usefulness, i.e. morally, excellence (in character or demeanor):--gentleness, good(-ness), kindness.	χρηστότητοςchrēstotētos	kindness	N-GFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G463ἀνοχῆςanochēs (N-GFS) G463 ἀνοχή anochḗ an-okh-ay from ἀνέχομαι; self-restraint, i.e. tolerance:--forbearance.	ἀνοχῆςanochēs	forbearance,	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G3115μακροθυμίαςmakrothymias (N-GFS) G3115 μακροθυμία makrothymía mak-roth-oo-mee-ah from the same as μακροθυμώς; longanimity, i.e. (objectively) forbearance or (subjectively) fortitude:--longsuffering, patience.	μακροθυμίαςmakrothymias	patience	N-GFS
G2706καταφρονεῖς,kataphroneis (V-PIA-2S) G2706 καταφρονέω kataphronéō kat-af-ron-eh-o from κατά and φρονέω; to think against, i.e. disesteem:--despise.	καταφρονεῖς,kataphroneis	despise you,	V-PIA-2S
G50ἀγνοῶνagnoōn (V-PPA-NMS) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.	ἀγνοῶνagnoōn	not knowing	V-PPA-NMS
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G5543χρηστὸνchrēston (Adj-NNS) G5543 χρηστός chrēstós khrase-tos from χράομαι; employed, i.e. (by implication) useful (in manner or morals):--better, easy, good(-ness), gracious, kind.	χρηστὸνchrēston	kindness	Adj-NNS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3341μετάνοιάνmetanoian (N-AFS) G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.	μετάνοιάνmetanoian	repentance	N-AFS
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σεse	you	PPro-A2S
G71ἄγει;agei (V-PIA-3S) G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.	ἄγει;agei	leads?	V-PIA-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2596Κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	Κατὰkata	Because of	Prep
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G4643σκληρότητάsklērotēta (N-AFS) G4643 σκληρότης sklērótēs sklay-rot-ace from σκληρός; callousness, i.e. (figuratively) stubbornness:--hardness.	σκληρότητάsklērotēta	hardness	N-AFS
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of you	PPro-G2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G279ἀμετανόητονametanoēton (Adj-AFS) G279 ἀμετανόητος ametanóētos am-et-an-o-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of μετανοέω; unrepentant:--impenitent.	ἀμετανόητονametanoēton	unrepentant	Adj-AFS
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίανkardian	heart,	N-AFS
G2343θησαυρίζειςthēsaurizeis (V-PIA-2S) G2343 θησαυρίζω thēsaurízō thay-sow-rid-zo from θησαυρός; to amass or reserve (literally or figuratively):--lay up (treasure), (keep) in store, (heap) treasure (together, up).	θησαυρίζειςthēsaurizeis	you are treasuring up	V-PIA-2S
G4572σεαυτῷseautō (PPro-DM2S) G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,	σεαυτῷseautō	to yourself	PPro-DM2S
G3709ὀργὴνorgēn (N-AFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργὴνorgēn	wrath	N-AFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμέρᾳhēmera	the day	N-DFS
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργῆςorgēs	of wrath	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G602ἀποκαλύψεωςapokalypseōs (N-GFS) G602 ἀποκάλυψις apokálypsis ap-ok-al-oop-sis from ἀποκαλύπτω; disclosure:--appearing, coming, lighten, manifestation, be revealed, revelation.	ἀποκαλύψεωςapokalypseōs	revelation	N-GFS
G1341δικαιοκρισίαςdikaiokrisias (N-GFS) G1341 δικαιοκρισία dikaiokrisía dik-ah-yok-ris-ee-ah from δίκαιος and κρίσις; a just sentence:--righteous judgment.	δικαιοκρισίαςdikaiokrisias	of righteous judgement	N-GFS
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ,Theou	of God,	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃςhos	who	RelPro-NMS
G591Ἀποδώσειapodōsei (V-FIA-3S) G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.	Ἀποδώσειapodōsei	will give	V-FIA-3S
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.	ἑκάστῳhekastō	to each,	Adj-DMS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργαerga	works	N-ANP
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ·autou	of him,”	PPro-GM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to those who	Art-DMP
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Conj
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	καθ’kath’	with	Prep
G5281ὑπομονὴνhypomonēn (N-AFS) G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).	ὑπομονὴνhypomonēn	endurance	N-AFS
G2041ἔργουergou (N-GNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργουergou	in work	N-GNS
G18ἀγαθοῦagathou (Adj-GNS) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.	ἀγαθοῦagathou	good,	Adj-GNS
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξανdoxan	glory	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.	τιμὴνtimēn	honor	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G861ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian (N-AFS) G861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsía af-thar-see-ah from ἄφθαρτος; incorruptibility; genitive, unending existence; (figuratively) genuineness:--immortality, incorruption, sincerity.	ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian	immortality	N-AFS
G2212ζητοῦσινzētousin (V-PPA-DMP) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.	ζητοῦσινzētousin	are seeking,	V-PPA-DMP
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.	ζωὴνzōēn	life	N-AFS
G166αἰώνιον·aiōnion (Adj-AFS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).	αἰώνιον·aiōnion	eternal;	Adj-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to those	Art-DMP
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	of	Prep
G2052ἐριθείαςeritheias (N-GFS) G2052 ἐριθεία eritheía er-ith-i-ah perhaps as the same as ἐρεθίζω; properly, intrigue, i.e. (by implication) faction:--contention(-ious), strife.	ἐριθείαςeritheias	self-interest	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G544ἀπειθοῦσιapeithousi (V-PPA-DMP) G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.	ἀπειθοῦσιapeithousi	disobeying	V-PPA-DMP
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G225ἀληθείᾳalētheia (N-DFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.	ἀληθείᾳalētheia	truth,	N-DFS
G3982πειθομένοιςpeithomenois (V-PPP-DMP) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.	πειθομένοιςpeithomenois	being persuaded about	V-PPP-DMP
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G93ἀδικίᾳ,adikia (N-DFS) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.	ἀδικίᾳ,adikia	unrighteousness,	N-DFS
G3709ὀργὴorgē (N-NFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργὴorgē	wrath	N-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2372θυμός.thymos (N-NMS) G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.	θυμός.thymos	anger;	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2347θλῖψιςthlipsis (N-NFS) G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.	θλῖψιςthlipsis	tribulation	N-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4730στενοχωρία,stenochōria (N-NFS) G4730 στενοχωρία stenochōría sten-okh-o-ree-ah from a compound of στενός and χώρα; narrowness of room, i.e. (figuratively) calamity:--anguish, distress.	στενοχωρία,stenochōria	distress	N-NFS
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	upon	Prep
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶσανpasan	every	Adj-AFS
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.	ψυχὴνpsychēn	soul	N-AFS
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou	of man	N-GMS
G2716κατεργαζομένουkatergazomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS) G2716 κατεργάζομαι katergázomai kat-er-gad-zom-ahee from κατά and ἐργάζομαι; to work fully, i.e. accomplish; by implication, to finish, fashion:--cause, to (deed), perform, work (out).	κατεργαζομένουkatergazomenou	working	V-PPM/P-GMS
G2556κακόν,kakon (Adj-ANS) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.	κακόν,kakon	evil,	Adj-ANS
G2453ἸουδαίουIoudaiou (Adj-GMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	ἸουδαίουIoudaiou	of Jewish	Adj-GMS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	πρῶτονprōton	first,	Adv-S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and also	Conj
G1672Ἕλληνος·Hellēnos (N-GMS) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.	Ἕλληνος·Hellēnos	of Greek;	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξαdoxa	glory	N-NFS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however,	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5092τιμὴtimē (N-NFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.	τιμὴtimē	honor,	N-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1515εἰρήνηeirēnē (N-NFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.	εἰρήνηeirēnē	peace	N-NFS
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	παντὶpanti	to everyone	Adj-DMS
G2038ἐργαζομένῳergazomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.	ἐργαζομένῳergazomenō	doing	V-PPM/P-DMS
G18ἀγαθόν,agathon (Adj-ANS) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.	ἀγαθόν,agathon	good,	Adj-ANS
G2453ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō (Adj-DMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō	to Jewish	Adj-DMS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	πρῶτονprōton	first,	Adv-S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1672Ἕλληνι.Hellēni (N-DMS) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.	Ἕλληνι.Hellēni	to Greek.	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	Not	Adv
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γάρgar	for	Conj
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	there is	V-PIA-3S
G4382προσωπολημψίαprosōpolēmpsia (N-NFS) G4382 προσωποληψία prosōpolēpsía pros-o-pol-ape-see-ah from προσωπολήπτης; partiality, i.e. favoritism:--respect of persons.	προσωπολημψίαprosōpolēmpsia	partiality	N-NFS
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	with	Prep
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεῷ.Theō	God.	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3745ὍσοιHosoi (RelPro-NMP) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,	ὍσοιHosoi	As many as	RelPro-NMP
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G460ἀνόμωςanomōs (Adv) G460 ἀνόμως anómōs an-om-oce adverb from ἄνομος; lawlessly, i.e. (specially) not amenable to (the Jewish) law:--without law.	ἀνόμωςanomōs	without the Law	Adv
G264ἥμαρτον,hēmarton (V-AIA-3P) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.	ἥμαρτον,hēmarton	have sinned,	V-AIA-3P
G460ἀνόμωςanomōs (Adv) G460 ἀνόμως anómōs an-om-oce adverb from ἄνομος; lawlessly, i.e. (specially) not amenable to (the Jewish) law:--without law.	ἀνόμωςanomōs	without the Law	Adv
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G622ἀπολοῦνται·apolountai (V-FIM-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.	ἀπολοῦνται·apolountai	will perish;	V-FIM-3P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,	ὅσοιhosoi	as many as	RelPro-NMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμῳnomō	the Law	N-DMS
G264ἥμαρτον,hēmarton (V-AIA-3P) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.	ἥμαρτον,hēmarton	have sinned,	V-AIA-3P
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	by	Prep
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	the Law	N-GMS
G2919κριθήσονται·krithēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κριθήσονται·krithēsontai	will be judged;	V-FIP-3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	not	Adv
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G202ἀκροαταὶakroatai (N-NMP) G202 ἀκροατής akroatḗs ak-ro-at-ace from (to listen; apparently an intensive of ἀκούω); a hearer (merely):--hearer.	ἀκροαταὶakroatai	hearers	N-NMP
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	of the law [are]	N-GMS
G1342δίκαιοιdikaioi (Adj-NMP) G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).	δίκαιοιdikaioi	righteous	Adj-NMP
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	with	Prep
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεῷ,Theō	God,	N-DMS
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλ’all’	but	Conj
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G4163ποιηταὶpoiētai (N-NMP) G4163 ποιητής poiētḗs poy-ay-tace from ποιέω; a performer; specially, a poet; --doer, poet.	ποιηταὶpoiētai	doers	N-NMP
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	of the law	N-GMS
G1344δικαιωθήσονται.dikaiōthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.	δικαιωθήσονται.dikaiōthēsontai	will be justified.	V-FIP-3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3752Ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,	Ὅτανhotan	When	Conj
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.	ἔθνηethnē	Gentiles,	N-NNP
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμονnomon	the law	N-AMS
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-NNP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχονταechonta	having,	V-PPA-NNP
G5449φύσειphysei (N-DFS) G5449 φύσις phýsis foo-sis from φύω; growth (by germination or expansion), i.e. (by implication) natural production (lineal descent); by extension, a genus or sort; figuratively, native disposition, constitution or usage:--(man-)kind, nature(-al).	φύσειphysei	by nature	N-DFS
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the things	Art-ANP
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	law	N-GMS
G4160ποιῶσιν,poiōsin (V-PSA-3P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιῶσιν,poiōsin	do,	V-PSA-3P
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	οὗτοιhoutoi	these	DPro-NMP
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμονnomon	the Law	N-AMS
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχοντεςechontes	having	V-PPA-NMP
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,	ἑαυτοῖςheautois	to themselves	RefPro-DM3P
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἰσινeisin	are	V-PIA-3P
G3551νόμος·nomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμος·nomos	a law,	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,	οἵτινεςhoitines	who	RelPro-NMP
G1731ἐνδείκνυνταιendeiknyntai (V-PIM-3P) G1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeíknymi en-dike-noo-mee from ἐν and δεικνύω; to indicate (by word or act):--do, show (forth).	ἐνδείκνυνταιendeiknyntai	show	V-PIM-3P
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργονergon	work	N-ANS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	law,	N-GMS
G1123γραπτὸνgrapton (Adj-ANS) G1123 γραπτός graptós grap-tos from γράφω; inscribed (figuratively):--written.	γραπτὸνgrapton	written	Adj-ANS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ταῖςtais	the	Art-DFP
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίαιςkardiais	hearts	N-DFP
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν,autōn	of them,	PPro-GM3P
G4828συμμαρτυρούσηςsymmartyrousēs (V-PPA-GFS) G4828 συμμαρτυρέω symmartyréō soom-mar-too-reh-o from σύν and μαρτυρέω; to testify jointly, i.e. corroborate by (concurrent) evidence:--testify unto, (also) bear witness (with).	συμμαρτυρούσηςsymmartyrousēs	bearing witness	V-PPA-GFS
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	their	PPro-GM3P
G4893συνειδήσεωςsyneidēseōs (N-GFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.	συνειδήσεωςsyneidēseōs	conscience,	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3342μεταξὺmetaxy (Prep) G3342 μεταξύ metaxý met-ax-oo from μετά and a form of σύν; betwixt (of place or person); (of time) as adjective, intervening, or (by implication) adjoining:--between, mean while, next.	μεταξὺmetaxy	between	Prep
G240ἀλλήλωνallēlōn (RecPro-GMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,	ἀλλήλωνallēlōn	one another,	RecPro-GMP
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GMP
G3053λογισμῶνlogismōn (N-GMP) G3053 λογισμός logismós log-is-mos from λογίζομαι; computation, i.e. (figuratively) reasoning (conscience, conceit):--imagination, thought.	λογισμῶνlogismōn	thoughts	N-GMP
G2723κατηγορούντωνkatēgorountōn (V-PPA-GMP) G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.	κατηγορούντωνkatēgorountōn	accusing	V-PPA-GMP
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	or	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G626ἀπολογουμένων,apologoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.	ἀπολογουμένων,apologoumenōn	defending them	V-PPM/P-GMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	on	Prep
G3739〈〈ᾗ〉hē (RelPro-DFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	〈〈ᾗ〉hē	that	RelPro-DFS
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμέρᾳhēmera	day	N-DFS
G3753‹ὅτε›hote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,	‹ὅτε›hote	when	Adv
G2919κρίνειkrinei (V-PIA-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνειkrinei	will judge	V-PIA-3S
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G2927κρυπτὰkrypta (Adj-ANP) G2927 κρυπτός kryptós kroop-tos from κρύπτω; concealed, i.e. private:--hid(-den), inward(-ly), secret.	κρυπτὰkrypta	secrets	Adj-ANP
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn	of men,	N-GMP
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2098εὐαγγέλιόνeuangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.	εὐαγγέλιόνeuangelion	gospel	N-ANS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of me,	PPro-G1S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	by	Prep
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστοῦChristou	Christ	N-GMS
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou	Jesus.	N-GMS

διο αναπολογητος ει ω ανθρωπε πας ο κρινων εν ω γαρ κρινεις τον ετερον σεαυτον κατακρινεις τα γαρ αυτα πρασσεις ο κρινων οιδαμεν δε οτι το κριμα του θεου εστιν κατα αληθειαν επι τους τα τοιαυτα πρασσοντας λογιζη δε τουτο ω ανθρωπε ο κρινων τους τα τοιαυτα πρασσοντας και ποιων αυτα οτι συ εκφευξη το κριμα του θεου η του πλουτου της χρηστοτητος αυτου και της ανοχης και της μακροθυμιας καταφρονεις αγνοων οτι το χρηστον του θεου εις μετανοιαν σε αγει κατα δε την σκληροτητα σου και αμετανοητον καρδιαν θησαυριζεις σεαυτω οργην εν ημερα οργης και αποκαλυψεως δικαιοκρισιας του θεου ος αποδωσει εκαστω κατα τα εργα αυτου τοις μεν καθ υπομονην εργου αγαθου δοξαν και τιμην και αφθαρσιαν ζητουσιν ζωην αιωνιον τοις δε εξ εριθειας και απειθουσιν μεν τη αληθεια πειθομενοις δε τη αδικια θυμος και οργη θλιψις και στενοχωρια επι πασαν ψυχην ανθρωπου του κατεργαζομενου το κακον ιουδαιου τε πρωτον και ελληνος δοξα δε και τιμη και ειρηνη παντι τω εργαζομενω το αγαθον ιουδαιω τε πρωτον και ελληνι ου γαρ εστιν προσωποληψια παρα τω θεω οσοι γαρ ανομως ημαρτον ανομως και απολουνται και οσοι εν νομω ημαρτον δια νομου κριθησονται ου γαρ οι ακροαται του νομου δικαιοι παρα τω θεω αλλ οι ποιηται του νομου δικαιωθησονται οταν γαρ εθνη τα μη νομον εχοντα φυσει τα του νομου ποιη ουτοι νομον μη εχοντες εαυτοις εισιν νομος οιτινες ενδεικνυνται το εργον του νομου γραπτον εν ταις καρδιαις αυτων συμμαρτυρουσης αυτων της συνειδησεως και μεταξυ αλληλων των λογισμων κατηγορουντων η και απολογουμενων εν ημερα οτε κρινει ο θεος τα κρυπτα των ανθρωπων κατα το ευαγγελιον μου δια ιησου χριστου

The Jews and the Law

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	ΕἰEi	If	Conj
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σὺsy	you	PPro-N2S
G2453ἸουδαῖοςIoudaios (Adj-NMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	ἸουδαῖοςIoudaios	a Jew	Adj-NMS
G2028ἐπονομάζῃeponomazē (V-PIM/P-2S) G2028 ἐπονομάζω eponomázō ep-on-om-ad-zo from ἐπί and ὀνομάζω; to name further, i.e. denominate:--call.	ἐπονομάζῃeponomazē	are called,	V-PIM/P-2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1879ἐπαναπαύῃepanapauē (V-PIM/P-2S) G1879 ἐπαναπαύομαι epanapaúomai ep-an-ah-pow-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and ἀναπαύω; to settle on; literally (remain) or figuratively (rely):--rest in (upon).	ἐπαναπαύῃepanapauē	rely on	V-PIM/P-2S
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμῳnomō	the law,	N-DMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2744καυχᾶσαιkauchasai (V-PIM/P-2S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.	καυχᾶσαιkauchasai	boast	V-PIM/P-2S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεῷTheō	God;	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1097γινώσκειςginōskeis (V-PIA-2S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.	γινώσκειςginōskeis	know	V-PIA-2S
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-ANS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.	θέλημαthelēma	will,	N-ANS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1381δοκιμάζειςdokimazeis (V-PIA-2S) G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimázō dok-im-ad-zo from δόκιμος; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve:--allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try.	δοκιμάζειςdokimazeis	approve	V-PIA-2S
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the things	Art-ANP
G1308διαφέρονταdiapheronta (V-PPA-ANP) G1308 διαφέρω diaphérō dee-af-er-o from διά and φέρω; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to differ, or (by implication) surpass:--be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value.,	διαφέρονταdiapheronta	being superior,	V-PPA-ANP
G2727κατηχούμενοςkatēchoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2727 κατηχέω katēchéō kat-ay-kheh-o from κατά and ἦχος; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by implication) to indoctrinate (catechize) or (genitive case) to apprise of:--inform, instruct, teach.	κατηχούμενοςkatēchoumenos	being instructed	V-PPM/P-NMS
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	out of	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G3551νόμου,nomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμου,nomou	law;	N-GMS

ιδε συ ιουδαιος επονομαζη και επαναπαυη τω νομω και καυχασαι εν θεω και γινωσκεις το θελημα και δοκιμαζεις τα διαφεροντα κατηχουμενος εκ του νομου πεποιθας τε σεαυτον οδηγον ειναι τυφλων φως των εν σκοτει παιδευτην αφρονων διδασκαλον νηπιων εχοντα την μορφωσιν της γνωσεως και της αληθειας εν τω νομω ο ουν διδασκων ετερον σεαυτον ου διδασκεις ο κηρυσσων μη κλεπτειν κλεπτεις ο λεγων μη μοιχευειν μοιχευεις ο βδελυσσομενος τα ειδωλα ιεροσυλεις ος εν νομω καυχασαι δια της παραβασεως του νομου τον θεον ατιμαζεις το γαρ ονομα του θεου δι υμας βλασφημειται εν τοις εθνεσιν καθως γεγραπται περιτομη μεν γαρ ωφελει εαν νομον πρασσης εαν δε παραβατης νομου ης η περιτομη σου ακροβυστια γεγονεν εαν ουν η ακροβυστια τα δικαιωματα του νομου φυλασση ουχι η ακροβυστια αυτου εις περιτομην λογισθησεται και κρινει η εκ φυσεως ακροβυστια τον νομον τελουσα σε τον δια γραμματος και περιτομης παραβατην νομου ου γαρ ο εν τω φανερω ιουδαιος εστιν ουδε η εν τω φανερω εν σαρκι περιτομη αλλ ο εν τω κρυπτω ιουδαιος και περιτομη καρδιας εν πνευματι ου γραμματι ου ο επαινος ουκ εξ ανθρωπων αλλ εκ του θεου

3

God Remains Faithful

τι ουν το περισσον του ιουδαιου η τις η ωφελεια της περιτομης

πολυ κατα παντα τροπον πρωτον μεν γαρ οτι επιστευθησαν τα λογια του θεου τι γαρ ει ηπιστησαν τινες μη η απιστια αυτων την πιστιν του θεου καταργησει μη γενοιτο γινεσθω δε ο θεος αληθης πας δε ανθρωπος ψευστης καθως γεγραπται οπως αν δικαιωθης εν τοις λογοις σου και νικησης εν τω κρινεσθαι σε ει δε η αδικια ημων θεου δικαιοσυνην συνιστησιν τι ερουμεν μη αδικος ο θεος ο επιφερων την οργην κατα ανθρωπον λεγω μη γενοιτο επει πως κρινει ο θεος τον κοσμον ει γαρ η αληθεια του θεου εν τω εμω ψευσματι επερισσευσεν εις την δοξαν αυτου τι ετι καγω ως αμαρτωλος κρινομαι και μη καθως βλασφημουμεθα και καθως φασιν τινες ημας λεγειν οτι ποιησωμεν τα κακα ινα ελθη τα αγαθα ων το κριμα ενδικον εστιν

There is No One Righteous

τι ουν προεχομεθα ου παντως προητιασαμεθα γαρ ιουδαιους τε και ελληνας παντας υφ αμαρτιαν ειναι καθως γεγραπται οτι ουκ εστιν δικαιος ουδε εις ουκ εστιν ο συνιων ουκ εστιν ο εκζητων τον θεον παντες εξεκλιναν αμα ηχρειωθησαν ουκ εστιν ποιων χρηστοτητα ουκ εστιν εως ενος ταφος ανεωγμενος ο λαρυγξ αυτων ταις γλωσσαις αυτων εδολιουσαν ιος ασπιδων υπο τα χειλη αυτων ων το στομα αρας και πικριας γεμει οξεις οι ποδες αυτων εκχεαι αιμα συντριμμα και ταλαιπωρια εν ταις οδοις αυτων και οδον ειρηνης ουκ εγνωσαν ουκ εστιν φοβος θεου απεναντι των οφθαλμων αυτων οιδαμεν δε οτι οσα ο νομος λεγει τοις εν τω νομω λαλει ινα παν στομα φραγη και υποδικος γενηται πας ο κοσμος τω θεω διοτι εξ εργων νομου ου δικαιωθησεται πασα σαρξ ενωπιον αυτου δια γαρ νομου επιγνωσις αμαρτιας

Justification: Faith in the Savior

νυνι δε χωρις νομου δικαιοσυνη θεου πεφανερωται μαρτυρουμενη υπο του νομου και των προφητων δικαιοσυνη δε θεου δια πιστεως ιησου χριστου εις παντας και επι παντας τους πιστευοντας ου γαρ εστιν διαστολη παντες γαρ ημαρτον και υστερουνται της δοξης του θεου δικαιουμενοι δωρεαν τη αυτου χαριτι δια της απολυτρωσεως της εν χριστω ιησου ον προεθετο ο θεος ιλαστηριον δια της πιστεως εν τω αυτου αιματι εις ενδειξιν της δικαιοσυνης αυτου δια την παρεσιν των προγεγονοτων αμαρτηματων εν τη ανοχη του θεου προς ενδειξιν της δικαιοσυνης αυτου εν τω νυν καιρω εις το ειναι αυτον δικαιον και δικαιουντα τον εκ πιστεως ιησου που ουν η καυχησις εξεκλεισθη δια ποιου νομου των εργων ουχι αλλα δια νομου πιστεως λογιζομεθα ουν πιστει δικαιουσθαι ανθρωπον χωρις εργων νομου η ιουδαιων ο θεος μονον ουχι δε και εθνων ναι και εθνων επειπερ εις ο θεος ος δικαιωσει περιτομην εκ πιστεως και ακροβυστιαν δια της πιστεως νομον ουν καταργουμεν δια της πιστεως μη γενοιτο αλλα νομον ιστωμεν

4

The Faith of Abraham

Justification by Faith

τι ουν ερουμεν αβρααμ τον πατερα ημων ευρηκεναι κατα σαρκα ει γαρ αβρααμ εξ εργων εδικαιωθη εχει καυχημα αλλ ου προς τον θεον τι γαρ η γραφη λεγει επιστευσεν δε αβρααμ τω θεω και ελογισθη αυτω εις δικαιοσυνην τω δε εργαζομενω ο μισθος ου λογιζεται κατα χαριν αλλα κατα το οφειλημα τω δε μη εργαζομενω πιστευοντι δε επι τον δικαιουντα τον ασεβη λογιζεται η πιστις αυτου εις δικαιοσυνην καθαπερ και δαβιδ λεγει τον μακαρισμον του ανθρωπου ω ο θεος λογιζεται δικαιοσυνην χωρις εργων μακαριοι ων αφεθησαν αι ανομιαι και ων επεκαλυφθησαν αι αμαρτιαι μακαριος ανηρ ω ου μη λογισηται κυριος αμαρτιαν ο μακαρισμος ουν ουτος επι την περιτομην η και επι την ακροβυστιαν λεγομεν γαρ οτι ελογισθη τω αβρααμ η πιστις εις δικαιοσυνην πως ουν ελογισθη εν περιτομη οντι η εν ακροβυστια ουκ εν περιτομη αλλ εν ακροβυστια και σημειον ελαβεν περιτομης σφραγιδα της δικαιοσυνης της πιστεως της εν τη ακροβυστια εις το ειναι αυτον πατερα παντων των πιστευοντων δι ακροβυστιας εις το λογισθηναι και αυτοις την δικαιοσυνην και πατερα περιτομης τοις ουκ εκ περιτομης μονον αλλα και τοις στοιχουσιν τοις ιχνεσιν της εν τη ακροβυστια πιστεως του πατρος ημων αβρααμ

Abraham Receives the Promise

ου γαρ δια νομου η επαγγελια τω αβρααμ η τω σπερματι αυτου το κληρονομον αυτον ειναι του κοσμου αλλα δια δικαιοσυνης πιστεως ει γαρ οι εκ νομου κληρονομοι κεκενωται η πιστις και κατηργηται η επαγγελια ο γαρ νομος οργην κατεργαζεται ου γαρ ουκ εστιν νομος ουδε παραβασις δια τουτο εκ πιστεως ινα κατα χαριν εις το ειναι βεβαιαν την επαγγελιαν παντι τω σπερματι ου τω εκ του νομου μονον αλλα και τω εκ πιστεως αβρααμ ος εστιν πατηρ παντων ημων καθως γεγραπται οτι πατερα πολλων εθνων τεθεικα σε κατεναντι ου επιστευσεν θεου του ζωοποιουντος τους νεκρους και καλουντος τα μη οντα ως οντα ος παρ ελπιδα επ ελπιδι επιστευσεν εις το γενεσθαι αυτον πατερα πολλων εθνων κατα το ειρημενον ουτως εσται το σπερμα σου και μη ασθενησας τη πιστει ου κατενοησεν το εαυτου σωμα ηδη νενεκρωμενον εκατονταετης που υπαρχων και την νεκρωσιν της μητρας σαρρας εις δε την επαγγελιαν του θεου ου διεκριθη τη απιστια αλλ ενεδυναμωθη τη πιστει δους δοξαν τω θεω και πληροφορηθεις οτι ο επηγγελται δυνατος εστιν και ποιησαι διο και ελογισθη αυτω εις δικαιοσυνην ουκ εγραφη δε δι αυτον μονον οτι ελογισθη αυτω αλλα και δι ημας οις μελλει λογιζεσθαι τοις πιστευουσιν επι τον εγειραντα ιησουν τον κυριον ημων εκ νεκρων ος παρεδοθη δια τα παραπτωματα ημων και ηγερθη δια την δικαιωσιν ημων

5

From Death to Life

The Triumph of Faith

δικαιωθεντες ουν εκ πιστεως ειρηνην εχομεν προς τον θεον δια του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου δι ου και την προσαγωγην εσχηκαμεν τη πιστει εις την χαριν ταυτην εν η εστηκαμεν και καυχωμεθα επ ελπιδι της δοξης του θεου ου μονον δε αλλα και καυχωμεθα εν ταις θλιψεσιν ειδοτες οτι η θλιψις υπομονην κατεργαζεται η δε υπομονη δοκιμην η δε δοκιμη ελπιδα η δε ελπις ου καταισχυνει οτι η αγαπη του θεου εκκεχυται εν ταις καρδιαις ημων δια πνευματος αγιου του δοθεντος ημιν

Christ’s Sacrifice for the Ungodly

ετι γαρ χριστος οντων ημων ασθενων κατα καιρον υπερ ασεβων απεθανεν μολις γαρ υπερ δικαιου τις αποθανειται υπερ γαρ του αγαθου ταχα τις και τολμα αποθανειν συνιστησιν δε την εαυτου αγαπην εις ημας ο θεος οτι ετι αμαρτωλων οντων ημων χριστος υπερ ημων απεθανεν πολλω ουν μαλλον δικαιωθεντες νυν εν τω αιματι αυτου σωθησομεθα δι αυτου απο της οργης ει γαρ εχθροι οντες κατηλλαγημεν τω θεω δια του θανατου του υιου αυτου πολλω μαλλον καταλλαγεντες σωθησομεθα εν τη ζωη αυτου ου μονον δε αλλα και καυχωμενοι εν τω θεω δια του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου δι ου νυν την καταλλαγην ελαβομεν

Death in Adam, Life in Christ

δια τουτο ωσπερ δι ενος ανθρωπου η αμαρτια εις τον κοσμον εισηλθεν και δια της αμαρτιας ο θανατος και ουτως εις παντας ανθρωπους ο θανατος διηλθεν εφ ω παντες ημαρτον αχρι γαρ νομου αμαρτια ην εν κοσμω αμαρτια δε ουκ ελλογειται μη οντος νομου

Paul’s Salutation

αλλ εβασιλευσεν ο θανατος απο αδαμ μεχρι μωσεως και επι τους μη αμαρτησαντας επι τω ομοιωματι της παραβασεως αδαμ ος εστιν τυπος του μελλοντος αλλ ουχ ως το παραπτωμα ουτως και το χαρισμα ει γαρ τω του ενος παραπτωματι οι πολλοι απεθανον πολλω μαλλον η χαρις του θεου και η δωρεα εν χαριτι τη του ενος ανθρωπου ιησου χριστου εις τους πολλους επερισσευσεν και ουχ ως δι ενος αμαρτησαντος το δωρημα το μεν γαρ κριμα εξ ενος εις κατακριμα το δε χαρισμα εκ πολλων παραπτωματων εις δικαιωμα ει γαρ τω του ενος παραπτωματι ο θανατος εβασιλευσεν δια του ενος πολλω μαλλον οι την περισσειαν της χαριτος και της δωρεας της δικαιοσυνης λαμβανοντες εν ζωη βασιλευσουσιν δια του ενος ιησου χριστου αρα ουν ως δι ενος παραπτωματος εις παντας ανθρωπους εις κατακριμα ουτως και δι ενος δικαιωματος εις παντας ανθρωπους εις δικαιωσιν ζωης ωσπερ γαρ δια της παρακοης του ενος ανθρωπου αμαρτωλοι κατεσταθησαν οι πολλοι ουτως και δια της υπακοης του ενος δικαιοι κατασταθησονται οι πολλοι νομος δε παρεισηλθεν ινα πλεοναση το παραπτωμα ου δε επλεονασεν η αμαρτια υπερεπερισσευσεν η χαρις ινα ωσπερ εβασιλευσεν η αμαρτια εν τω θανατω ουτως και η χαρις βασιλευση δια δικαιοσυνης εις ζωην αιωνιον δια ιησου χριστου του κυριου ημων

6

Sanctification: How Ought We to Live

Dead to Sin, Alive to God

τι ουν ερουμεν επιμενουμεν τη αμαρτια ινα η χαρις πλεοναση μη γενοιτο οιτινες απεθανομεν τη αμαρτια πως ετι ζησομεν εν αυτη η αγνοειτε οτι οσοι εβαπτισθημεν εις χριστον ιησουν εις τον θανατον αυτου εβαπτισθημεν συνεταφημεν ουν αυτω δια του βαπτισματος εις τον θανατον ινα ωσπερ ηγερθη χριστος εκ νεκρων δια της δοξης του πατρος ουτως και ημεις εν καινοτητι ζωης περιπατησωμεν ει γαρ συμφυτοι γεγοναμεν τω ομοιωματι του θανατου αυτου αλλα και της αναστασεως εσομεθα τουτο γινωσκοντες οτι ο παλαιος ημων ανθρωπος συνεσταυρωθη ινα καταργηθη το σωμα της αμαρτιας του μηκετι δουλευειν ημας τη αμαρτια ο γαρ αποθανων δεδικαιωται απο της αμαρτιας ει δε απεθανομεν συν χριστω πιστευομεν οτι και συζησομεν αυτω ειδοτες οτι χριστος εγερθεις εκ νεκρων ουκετι αποθνησκει θανατος αυτου ουκετι κυριευει ο γαρ απεθανεν τη αμαρτια απεθανεν εφαπαξ ο δε ζη ζη τω θεω ουτως και υμεις λογιζεσθε εαυτους νεκρους μεν ειναι τη αμαρτια ζωντας δε τω θεω εν χριστω ιησου τω κυριω ημων μη ουν βασιλευετω η αμαρτια εν τω θνητω υμων σωματι εις το υπακουειν αυτη εν ταις επιθυμιαις αυτου μηδε παριστανετε τα μελη υμων οπλα αδικιας τη αμαρτια αλλα παραστησατε εαυτους τω θεω ως εκ νεκρων ζωντας και τα μελη υμων οπλα δικαιοσυνης τω θεω αμαρτια γαρ υμων ου κυριευσει ου γαρ εστε υπο νομον αλλ υπο χαριν

The Wages of Sin

τι ουν αμαρτησομεν οτι ουκ εσμεν υπο νομον αλλ υπο χαριν μη γενοιτο ουκ οιδατε οτι ω παριστανετε εαυτους δουλους εις υπακοην δουλοι εστε ω υπακουετε ητοι αμαρτιας εις θανατον η υπακοης εις δικαιοσυνην χαρις δε τω θεω οτι ητε δουλοι της αμαρτιας υπηκουσατε δε εκ καρδιας εις ον παρεδοθητε τυπον διδαχης ελευθερωθεντες δε απο της αμαρτιας εδουλωθητε τη δικαιοσυνη ανθρωπινον λεγω δια την ασθενειαν της σαρκος υμων ωσπερ γαρ παρεστησατε τα μελη υμων δουλα τη ακαθαρσια και τη ανομια εις την ανομιαν ουτως νυν παραστησατε τα μελη υμων δουλα τη δικαιοσυνη εις αγιασμον οτε γαρ δουλοι ητε της αμαρτιας ελευθεροι ητε τη δικαιοσυνη τινα ουν καρπον ειχετε τοτε εφ οις νυν επαισχυνεσθε το γαρ τελος εκεινων θανατος νυνι δε ελευθερωθεντες απο της αμαρτιας δουλωθεντες δε τω θεω εχετε τον καρπον υμων εις αγιασμον το δε τελος ζωην αιωνιον τα γαρ οψωνια της αμαρτιας θανατος το δε χαρισμα του θεου ζωη αιωνιος εν χριστω ιησου τω κυριω ημων

7

Function of the Law

η αγνοειτε αδελφοι γινωσκουσιν γαρ νομον λαλω οτι ο νομος κυριευει του ανθρωπου εφ οσον χρονον ζη

η γαρ υπανδρος γυνη τω ζωντι ανδρι δεδεται νομω εαν δε αποθανη ο ανηρ κατηργηται απο του νομου του ανδρος αρα ουν ζωντος του ανδρος μοιχαλις χρηματισει εαν γενηται ανδρι ετερω εαν δε αποθανη ο ανηρ ελευθερα εστιν απο του νομου του μη ειναι αυτην μοιχαλιδα γενομενην ανδρι ετερω ωστε αδελφοι μου και υμεις εθανατωθητε τω νομω δια του σωματος του χριστου εις το γενεσθαι υμας ετερω τω εκ νεκρων εγερθεντι ινα καρποφορησωμεν τω θεω οτε γαρ ημεν εν τη σαρκι τα παθηματα των αμαρτιων τα δια του νομου ενηργειτο εν τοις μελεσιν ημων εις το καρποφορησαι τω θανατω νυνι δε κατηργηθημεν απο του νομου {VAR1: αποθανοντες } {VAR2: αποθανοντος } εν ω κατειχομεθα ωστε δουλευειν ημας εν καινοτητι πνευματος και ου παλαιοτητι γραμματος τι ουν ερουμεν ο νομος αμαρτια μη γενοιτο αλλα την αμαρτιαν ουκ εγνων ει μη δια νομου την τε γαρ επιθυμιαν ουκ ηδειν ει μη ο νομος ελεγεν ουκ επιθυμησεις αφορμην δε λαβουσα η αμαρτια δια της εντολης κατειργασατο εν εμοι πασαν επιθυμιαν χωρις γαρ νομου αμαρτια νεκρα εγω δε εζων χωρις νομου ποτε ελθουσης δε της εντολης η αμαρτια ανεζησεν εγω δε απεθανον και ευρεθη μοι η εντολη η εις ζωην αυτη εις θανατον η γαρ αμαρτια αφορμην λαβουσα δια της εντολης εξηπατησεν με και δι αυτης απεκτεινεν ωστε ο μεν νομος αγιος και η εντολη αγια και δικαια και αγαθη το ουν αγαθον εμοι γεγονεν θανατος μη γενοιτο αλλα η αμαρτια ινα φανη αμαρτια δια του αγαθου μοι κατεργαζομενη θανατον ινα γενηται καθ υπερβολην αμαρτωλος η αμαρτια δια της εντολης οιδαμεν γαρ οτι ο νομος πνευματικος εστιν εγω δε σαρκικος ειμι πεπραμενος υπο την αμαρτιαν ο γαρ κατεργαζομαι ου γινωσκω ου γαρ ο θελω τουτο πρασσω αλλ ο μισω τουτο ποιω ει δε ο ου θελω τουτο ποιω συμφημι τω νομω οτι καλος νυνι δε ουκετι εγω κατεργαζομαι αυτο αλλ η οικουσα εν εμοι αμαρτια οιδα γαρ οτι ουκ οικει εν εμοι τουτ εστιν εν τη σαρκι μου αγαθον το γαρ θελειν παρακειται μοι το δε κατεργαζεσθαι το καλον ουχ ευρισκω ου γαρ ο θελω ποιω αγαθον αλλ ο ου θελω κακον τουτο πρασσω ει δε ο ου θελω εγω τουτο ποιω ουκετι εγω κατεργαζομαι αυτο αλλ η οικουσα εν εμοι αμαρτια ευρισκω αρα τον νομον τω θελοντι εμοι ποιειν το καλον οτι εμοι το κακον παρακειται συνηδομαι γαρ τω νομω του θεου κατα τον εσω ανθρωπον βλεπω δε ετερον νομον εν τοις μελεσιν μου αντιστρατευομενον τω νομω του νοος μου και αιχμαλωτιζοντα με τω νομω της αμαρτιας τω οντι εν τοις μελεσιν μου ταλαιπωρος εγω ανθρωπος τις με ρυσεται εκ του σωματος του θανατου τουτου ευχαριστω τω θεω δια ιησου χριστου του κυριου ημων αρα ουν αυτος εγω τω μεν νοι δουλευω νομω θεου τη δε σαρκι νομω αμαρτιας

8

Walking by the Spirit

Spirit

ουδεν αρα νυν κατακριμα τοις εν χριστω ιησου μη κατα σαρκα περιπατουσιν αλλα κατα πνευμα ο γαρ νομος του πνευματος της ζωης εν χριστω ιησου ηλευθερωσεν με απο του νομου της αμαρτιας και του θανατου το γαρ αδυνατον του νομου εν ω ησθενει δια της σαρκος ο θεος τον εαυτου υιον πεμψας εν ομοιωματι σαρκος αμαρτιας και περι αμαρτιας κατεκρινεν την αμαρτιαν εν τη σαρκι ινα το δικαιωμα του νομου πληρωθη εν ημιν τοις μη κατα σαρκα περιπατουσιν αλλα κατα πνευμα οι γαρ κατα σαρκα οντες τα της σαρκος φρονουσιν οι δε κατα πνευμα τα του πνευματος το γαρ φρονημα της σαρκος θανατος το δε φρονημα του πνευματος ζωη και ειρηνη διοτι το φρονημα της σαρκος εχθρα εις θεον τω γαρ νομω του θεου ουχ υποτασσεται ουδε γαρ δυναται οι δε εν σαρκι οντες θεω αρεσαι ου δυνανται υμεις δε ουκ εστε εν σαρκι αλλ εν πνευματι ειπερ πνευμα θεου οικει εν υμιν ει δε τις πνευμα χριστου ουκ εχει ουτος ουκ εστιν αυτου ει δε χριστος εν υμιν το μεν σωμα νεκρον δι αμαρτιαν το δε πνευμα ζωη δια δικαιοσυνην ει δε το πνευμα του εγειραντος ιησουν εκ νεκρων οικει εν υμιν ο εγειρας τον χριστον εκ νεκρων ζωοποιησει και τα θνητα σωματα υμων δια {VAR1: το ενοικουν αυτου πνευμα } {VAR2: του ενοικουντος αυτου πνευματος } εν υμιν

Heirs with Christ

αρα ουν αδελφοι οφειλεται εσμεν ου τη σαρκι του κατα σαρκα ζην ει γαρ κατα σαρκα ζητε μελλετε αποθνησκειν ει δε πνευματι τας πραξεις του σωματος θανατουτε ζησεσθε οσοι γαρ πνευματι θεου αγονται ουτοι εισιν υιοι θεου ου γαρ ελαβετε πνευμα δουλειας παλιν εις φοβον αλλ ελαβετε πνευμα υιοθεσιας εν ω κραζομεν αββα ο πατηρ αυτο το πνευμα συμμαρτυρει τω πνευματι ημων οτι εσμεν τεκνα θεου ει δε τεκνα και κληρονομοι κληρονομοι μεν θεου συγκληρονομοι δε χριστου ειπερ συμπασχομεν ινα και συνδοξασθωμεν

Future Glory

λογιζομαι γαρ οτι ουκ αξια τα παθηματα του νυν καιρου προς την μελλουσαν δοξαν αποκαλυφθηναι εις ημας η γαρ αποκαραδοκια της κτισεως την αποκαλυψιν των υιων του θεου απεκδεχεται τη γαρ ματαιοτητι η κτισις υπεταγη ουχ εκουσα αλλα δια τον υποταξαντα επ ελπιδι οτι και αυτη η κτισις ελευθερωθησεται απο της δουλειας της φθορας εις την ελευθεριαν της δοξης των τεκνων του θεου οιδαμεν γαρ οτι πασα η κτισις συστεναζει και συνωδινει αχρι του νυν ου μονον δε αλλα και αυτοι την απαρχην του πνευματος εχοντες και ημεις αυτοι εν εαυτοις στεναζομεν υιοθεσιαν απεκδεχομενοι την απολυτρωσιν του σωματος ημων τη γαρ ελπιδι εσωθημεν ελπις δε βλεπομενη ουκ εστιν ελπις ο γαρ βλεπει τις τι και ελπιζει ει δε ο ου βλεπομεν ελπιζομεν δι υπομονης απεκδεχομεθα ωσαυτως δε και το πνευμα συναντιλαμβανεται ταις ασθενειαις ημων το γαρ τι προσευξωμεθα καθο δει ουκ οιδαμεν αλλ αυτο το πνευμα υπερεντυγχανει υπερ ημων στεναγμοις αλαλητοις ο δε ερευνων τας καρδιας οιδεν τι το φρονημα του πνευματος οτι κατα θεον εντυγχανει υπερ αγιων

God Works in All Things

οιδαμεν δε οτι τοις αγαπωσιν τον θεον παντα συνεργει εις αγαθον τοις κατα προθεσιν κλητοις ουσιν οτι ους προεγνω και προωρισεν συμμορφους της εικονος του υιου αυτου εις το ειναι αυτον πρωτοτοκον εν πολλοις αδελφοις ους δε προωρισεν τουτους και εκαλεσεν και ους εκαλεσεν τουτους και εδικαιωσεν ους δε εδικαιωσεν τουτους και εδοξασεν τι ουν ερουμεν προς ταυτα ει ο θεος υπερ ημων τις καθ ημων ος γε του ιδιου υιου ουκ εφεισατο αλλ υπερ ημων παντων παρεδωκεν αυτον πως ουχι και συν αυτω τα παντα ημιν χαρισεται τις εγκαλεσει κατα εκλεκτων θεου θεος ο δικαιων τις ο κατακρινων χριστος ο αποθανων μαλλον δε και εγερθεις ος και εστιν εν δεξια του θεου ος και εντυγχανει υπερ ημων

More than Conquerors

τις ημας χωρισει απο της αγαπης του χριστου θλιψις η στενοχωρια η διωγμος η λιμος η γυμνοτης η κινδυνος η μαχαιρα καθως γεγραπται οτι ενεκα σου θανατουμεθα ολην την ημεραν ελογισθημεν ως προβατα σφαγης αλλ εν τουτοις πασιν υπερνικωμεν δια του αγαπησαντος ημας πεπεισμαι γαρ οτι ουτε θανατος ουτε ζωη ουτε αγγελοι ουτε αρχαι ουτε δυναμεις ουτε ενεστωτα ουτε μελλοντα ουτε υψωμα ουτε βαθος ουτε τις κτισις ετερα δυνησεται ημας χωρισαι απο της αγαπης του θεου της εν χριστω ιησου τω κυριω ημων

9

Restoration: The Plan and Future for Israel

Israel In the Past

αληθειαν λεγω εν χριστω ου ψευδομαι συμμαρτυρουσης μοι της συνειδησεως μου εν πνευματι αγιω οτι λυπη μοι εστιν μεγαλη και αδιαλειπτος οδυνη τη καρδια μου ηυχομην γαρ αυτος εγω αναθεμα ειναι απο του χριστου υπερ των αδελφων μου των συγγενων μου κατα σαρκα οιτινες εισιν ισραηλιται ων η υιοθεσια και η δοξα και αι διαθηκαι και η νομοθεσια και η λατρεια και αι επαγγελιαι ων οι πατερες και εξ ων ο χριστος το κατα σαρκα ο ων επι παντων θεος ευλογητος εις τους αιωνας αμην

God’s Sovereign Choice

ουχ οιον δε οτι εκπεπτωκεν ο λογος του θεου ου γαρ παντες οι εξ ισραηλ ουτοι ισραηλ ουδ οτι εισιν σπερμα αβρααμ παντες τεκνα αλλ εν ισαακ κληθησεται σοι σπερμα τουτ εστιν ου τα τεκνα της σαρκος ταυτα τεκνα του θεου αλλα τα τεκνα της επαγγελιας λογιζεται εις σπερμα επαγγελιας γαρ ο λογος ουτος κατα τον καιρον τουτον ελευσομαι και εσται τη σαρρα υιος ου μονον δε αλλα και ρεβεκκα εξ ενος κοιτην εχουσα ισαακ του πατρος ημων μηπω γαρ γεννηθεντων μηδε πραξαντων τι αγαθον η κακον ινα η κατ εκλογην του θεου προθεσις μενη ουκ εξ εργων αλλ εκ του καλουντος ερρηθη αυτη οτι ο μειζων δουλευσει τω ελασσονι καθως γεγραπται τον ιακωβ ηγαπησα τον δε ησαυ εμισησα τι ουν ερουμεν μη αδικια παρα τω θεω μη γενοιτο τω γαρ μωση λεγει ελεησω ον αν ελεω και οικτειρησω ον αν οικτειρω αρα ουν ου του θελοντος ουδε του τρεχοντος αλλα του ελεουντος θεου λεγει γαρ η γραφη τω φαραω οτι εις αυτο τουτο εξηγειρα σε οπως ενδειξωμαι εν σοι την δυναμιν μου και οπως διαγγελη το ονομα μου εν παση τη γη αρα ουν ον θελει ελεει ον δε θελει σκληρυνει ερεις ουν μοι τι ετι μεμφεται τω γαρ βουληματι αυτου τις ανθεστηκεν μενουνγε ω ανθρωπε συ τις ει ο ανταποκρινομενος τω θεω μη ερει το πλασμα τω πλασαντι τι με εποιησας ουτως η ουκ εχει εξουσιαν ο κεραμευς του πηλου εκ του αυτου φυραματος ποιησαι ο μεν εις τιμην σκευος ο δε εις ατιμιαν ει δε θελων ο θεος ενδειξασθαι την οργην και γνωρισαι το δυνατον αυτου ηνεγκεν εν πολλη μακροθυμια σκευη οργης κατηρτισμενα εις απωλειαν και ινα γνωριση τον πλουτον της δοξης αυτου επι σκευη ελεους α προητοιμασεν εις δοξαν ους και εκαλεσεν ημας ου μονον εξ ιουδαιων αλλα και εξ εθνων ως και εν τω ωσηε λεγει καλεσω τον ου λαον μου λαον μου και την ουκ ηγαπημενην ηγαπημενην και εσται εν τω τοπω ου ερρηθη αυτοις ου λαος μου υμεις εκει κληθησονται υιοι θεου ζωντος ησαιας δε κραζει υπερ του ισραηλ εαν η ο αριθμος των υιων ισραηλ ως η αμμος της θαλασσης το καταλειμμα σωθησεται λογον γαρ συντελων και συντεμνων εν δικαιοσυνη οτι λογον συντετμημενον ποιησει κυριος επι της γης και καθως προειρηκεν ησαιας ει μη κυριος σαβαωθ εγκατελιπεν ημιν σπερμα ως σοδομα αν εγενηθημεν και ως γομορρα αν ωμοιωθημεν

Israel’s Unbelief

τι ουν ερουμεν οτι εθνη τα μη διωκοντα δικαιοσυνην κατελαβεν δικαιοσυνην δικαιοσυνην δε την εκ πιστεως ισραηλ δε διωκων νομον δικαιοσυνης εις νομον δικαιοσυνης ουκ εφθασεν δια τι οτι ουκ εκ πιστεως αλλ ως εξ εργων νομου προσεκοψαν γαρ τω λιθω του προσκομματος καθως γεγραπται ιδου τιθημι εν σιων λιθον προσκομματος και πετραν σκανδαλου και πας ο πιστευων επ αυτω ου καταισχυνθησεται

10

Israel in the Present

αδελφοι η μεν ευδοκια της εμης καρδιας και η δεησις η προς τον θεον υπερ του ισραηλ εστιν εις σωτηριαν

μαρτυρω γαρ αυτοις οτι ζηλον θεου εχουσιν αλλ ου κατ επιγνωσιν αγνοουντες γαρ την του θεου δικαιοσυνην και την ιδιαν δικαιοσυνην ζητουντες στησαι τη δικαιοσυνη του θεου ουχ υπεταγησαν τελος γαρ νομου χριστος εις δικαιοσυνην παντι τω πιστευοντι μωσης γαρ γραφει την δικαιοσυνην την εκ του νομου οτι ο ποιησας αυτα ανθρωπος ζησεται εν αυτοις η δε εκ πιστεως δικαιοσυνη ουτως λεγει μη ειπης εν τη καρδια σου τις αναβησεται εις τον ουρανον τουτ εστιν χριστον καταγαγειν η τις καταβησεται εις την αβυσσον τουτ εστιν χριστον εκ νεκρων αναγαγειν αλλα τι λεγει εγγυς σου το ρημα εστιν εν τω στοματι σου και εν τη καρδια σου τουτ εστιν το ρημα της πιστεως ο κηρυσσομεν οτι εαν ομολογησης εν τω στοματι σου κυριον ιησουν και πιστευσης εν τη καρδια σου οτι ο θεος αυτον ηγειρεν εκ νεκρων σωθηση καρδια γαρ πιστευεται εις δικαιοσυνην στοματι δε ομολογειται εις σωτηριαν λεγει γαρ η γραφη πας ο πιστευων επ αυτω ου καταισχυνθησεται ου γαρ εστιν διαστολη ιουδαιου τε και ελληνος ο γαρ αυτος κυριος παντων πλουτων εις παντας τους επικαλουμενους αυτον πας γαρ ος αν επικαλεσηται το ονομα κυριου σωθησεται πως ουν επικαλεσονται εις ον ουκ επιστευσαν πως δε πιστευσουσιν ου ουκ ηκουσαν πως δε ακουσουσιν χωρις κηρυσσοντος πως δε κηρυξουσιν εαν μη αποσταλωσιν καθως γεγραπται ως ωραιοι οι ποδες των ευαγγελιζομενων ειρηνην των ευαγγελιζομενων τα αγαθα αλλ ου παντες υπηκουσαν τω ευαγγελιω ησαιας γαρ λεγει κυριε τις επιστευσεν τη ακοη ημων αρα η πιστις εξ ακοης η δε ακοη δια ρηματος θεου αλλα λεγω μη ουκ ηκουσαν μενουνγε εις πασαν την γην εξηλθεν ο φθογγος αυτων και εις τα περατα της οικουμενης τα ρηματα αυτων αλλα λεγω μη ουκ εγνω ισραηλ πρωτος μωσης λεγει εγω παραζηλωσω υμας επ ουκ εθνει επι εθνει ασυνετω παροργιω υμας ησαιας δε αποτολμα και λεγει ευρεθην τοις εμε μη ζητουσιν εμφανης εγενομην τοις εμε μη επερωτωσιν προς δε τον ισραηλ λεγει ολην την ημεραν εξεπετασα τας χειρας μου προς λαον απειθουντα και αντιλεγοντα

11

Israel in the Future

A Remnant Chosen by Grace

λεγω ουν μη απωσατο ο θεος τον λαον αυτου μη γενοιτο και γαρ εγω ισραηλιτης ειμι εκ σπερματος αβρααμ φυλης βενιαμιν ουκ απωσατο ο θεος τον λαον αυτου ον προεγνω η ουκ οιδατε εν ηλια τι λεγει η γραφη ως εντυγχανει τω θεω κατα του ισραηλ λεγων κυριε τους προφητας σου απεκτειναν και τα θυσιαστηρια σου κατεσκαψαν καγω υπελειφθην μονος και ζητουσιν την ψυχην μου αλλα τι λεγει αυτω ο χρηματισμος κατελιπον εμαυτω επτακισχιλιους ανδρας οιτινες ουκ εκαμψαν γονυ τη βααλ ουτως ουν και εν τω νυν καιρω λειμμα κατ εκλογην χαριτος γεγονεν ει δε χαριτι ουκετι εξ εργων επει η χαρις ουκετι γινεται χαρις ει δε εξ εργων ουκετι εστιν χαρις επει το εργον ουκετι εστιν εργον τι ουν ο επιζητει ισραηλ τουτου ουκ επετυχεν η δε εκλογη επετυχεν οι δε λοιποι επωρωθησαν καθως γεγραπται εδωκεν αυτοις ο θεος πνευμα κατανυξεως οφθαλμους του μη βλεπειν και ωτα του μη ακουειν εως της σημερον ημερας και δαβιδ λεγει γενηθητω η τραπεζα αυτων εις παγιδα και εις θηραν και εις σκανδαλον και εις ανταποδομα αυτοις σκοτισθητωσαν οι οφθαλμοι αυτων του μη βλεπειν και τον νωτον αυτων διαπαντος συγκαμψον

The Ingrafting of the Gentiles

λεγω ουν μη επταισαν ινα πεσωσιν μη γενοιτο αλλα τω αυτων παραπτωματι η σωτηρια τοις εθνεσιν εις το παραζηλωσαι αυτους ει δε το παραπτωμα αυτων πλουτος κοσμου και το ηττημα αυτων πλουτος εθνων ποσω μαλλον το πληρωμα αυτων υμιν γαρ λεγω τοις εθνεσιν εφ οσον μεν ειμι εγω εθνων αποστολος την διακονιαν μου δοξαζω ει πως παραζηλωσω μου την σαρκα και σωσω τινας εξ αυτων ει γαρ η αποβολη αυτων καταλλαγη κοσμου τις η προσληψις ει μη ζωη εκ νεκρων ει δε η απαρχη αγια και το φυραμα και ει η ριζα αγια και οι κλαδοι ει δε τινες των κλαδων εξεκλασθησαν συ δε αγριελαιος ων ενεκεντρισθης εν αυτοις και συγκοινωνος της ριζης και της πιοτητος της ελαιας εγενου μη κατακαυχω των κλαδων ει δε κατακαυχασαι ου συ την ριζαν βασταζεις αλλ η ριζα σε ερεις ουν εξεκλασθησαν οι κλαδοι ινα εγω εγκεντρισθω καλως τη απιστια εξεκλασθησαν συ δε τη πιστει εστηκας μη υψηλοφρονει αλλα φοβου ει γαρ ο θεος των κατα φυσιν κλαδων ουκ εφεισατο μηπως ουδε σου φεισηται ιδε ουν χρηστοτητα και αποτομιαν θεου επι μεν τους πεσοντας αποτομιαν επι δε σε χρηστοτητα εαν επιμεινης τη χρηστοτητι επει και συ εκκοπηση και εκεινοι δε εαν μη επιμεινωσιν τη απιστια εγκεντρισθησονται δυνατος γαρ εστιν ο θεος παλιν εγκεντρισαι αυτους ει γαρ συ εκ της κατα φυσιν εξεκοπης αγριελαιου και παρα φυσιν ενεκεντρισθης εις καλλιελαιον ποσω μαλλον ουτοι οι κατα φυσιν εγκεντρισθησονται τη ιδια ελαια

All Israel Will Be Saved

ου γαρ θελω υμας αγνοειν αδελφοι το μυστηριον τουτο ινα μη ητε παρ εαυτοις φρονιμοι οτι πωρωσις απο μερους τω ισραηλ γεγονεν αχρις ου το πληρωμα των εθνων εισελθη και ουτως πας ισραηλ σωθησεται καθως γεγραπται ηξει εκ σιων ο ρυομενος και αποστρεψει ασεβειας απο ιακωβ και αυτη αυτοις η παρ εμου διαθηκη οταν αφελωμαι τας αμαρτιας αυτων κατα μεν το ευαγγελιον εχθροι δι υμας κατα δε την εκλογην αγαπητοι δια τους πατερας αμεταμελητα γαρ τα χαρισματα και η κλησις του θεου ωσπερ γαρ και υμεις ποτε ηπειθησατε τω θεω νυν δε ηλεηθητε τη τουτων απειθεια ουτως και ουτοι νυν ηπειθησαν τω υμετερω ελεει ινα και αυτοι ελεηθωσιν συνεκλεισεν γαρ ο θεος τους παντας εις απειθειαν ινα τους παντας ελεηση

A Hymn of Praise

ω βαθος πλουτου και σοφιας και γνωσεως θεου ως ανεξερευνητα τα κριματα αυτου και ανεξιχνιαστοι αι οδοι αυτου τις γαρ εγνω νουν κυριου η τις συμβουλος αυτου εγενετο η τις προεδωκεν αυτω και ανταποδοθησεται αυτω οτι εξ αυτου και δι αυτου και εις αυτον τα παντα αυτω η δοξα εις τους αιωνας αμην

12

Unification: The Body of Believers

Love and Forgiveness

παρακαλω ουν υμας αδελφοι δια των οικτιρμων του θεου παραστησαι τα σωματα υμων θυσιαν ζωσαν αγιαν ευαρεστον τω θεω την λογικην λατρειαν υμων και μη συσχηματιζεσθε τω αιωνι τουτω αλλα μεταμορφουσθε τη ανακαινωσει του νοος υμων εις το δοκιμαζειν υμας τι το θελημα του θεου το αγαθον και ευαρεστον και τελειον λεγω γαρ δια της χαριτος της δοθεισης μοι παντι τω οντι εν υμιν μη υπερφρονειν παρ ο δει φρονειν αλλα φρονειν εις το σωφρονειν εκαστω ως ο θεος εμερισεν μετρον πιστεως καθαπερ γαρ εν ενι σωματι μελη πολλα εχομεν τα δε μελη παντα ου την αυτην εχει πραξιν ουτως οι πολλοι εν σωμα εσμεν εν χριστω ο δε καθ εις αλληλων μελη εχοντες δε χαρισματα κατα την χαριν την δοθεισαν ημιν διαφορα ειτε προφητειαν κατα την αναλογιαν της πιστεως ειτε διακονιαν εν τη διακονια ειτε ο διδασκων εν τη διδασκαλια ειτε ο παρακαλων εν τη παρακλησει ο μεταδιδους εν απλοτητι ο προισταμενος εν σπουδη ο ελεων εν ιλαροτητι

Love, Zeal, Hope, Hospitality

η αγαπη ανυποκριτος αποστυγουντες το πονηρον κολλωμενοι τω αγαθω τη φιλαδελφια εις αλληλους φιλοστοργοι τη τιμη αλληλους προηγουμενοι τη σπουδη μη οκνηροι τω πνευματι ζεοντες τω {VAR1: καιρω } {VAR2: κυριω } δουλευοντες τη ελπιδι χαιροντες τη θλιψει υπομενοντες τη προσευχη προσκαρτερουντες ταις χρειαις των αγιων κοινωνουντες την φιλοξενιαν διωκοντες

Forgiveness

ευλογειτε τους διωκοντας υμας ευλογειτε και μη καταρασθε χαιρειν μετα χαιροντων και κλαιειν μετα κλαιοντων το αυτο εις αλληλους φρονουντες μη τα υψηλα φρονουντες αλλα τοις ταπεινοις συναπαγομενοι μη γινεσθε φρονιμοι παρ εαυτοις μηδενι κακον αντι κακου αποδιδοντες προνοουμενοι καλα ενωπιον παντων ανθρωπων ει δυνατον το εξ υμων μετα παντων ανθρωπων ειρηνευοντες μη εαυτους εκδικουντες αγαπητοι αλλα δοτε τοπον τη οργη γεγραπται γαρ εμοι εκδικησις εγω ανταποδωσω λεγει κυριος εαν ουν πεινα ο εχθρος σου ψωμιζε αυτον εαν διψα ποτιζε αυτον τουτο γαρ ποιων ανθρακας πυρος σωρευσεις επι την κεφαλην αυτου μη νικω υπο του κακου αλλα νικα εν τω αγαθω το κακον

13

Submission to Authorities

πασα ψυχη εξουσιαις υπερεχουσαις υποτασσεσθω ου γαρ εστιν εξουσια ει μη απο θεου αι δε ουσαι εξουσιαι υπο του θεου τεταγμεναι εισιν

ωστε ο αντιτασσομενος τη εξουσια τη του θεου διαταγη ανθεστηκεν οι δε ανθεστηκοτες εαυτοις κριμα ληψονται οι γαρ αρχοντες ουκ εισιν φοβος των αγαθων εργων αλλα των κακων θελεις δε μη φοβεισθαι την εξουσιαν το αγαθον ποιει και εξεις επαινον εξ αυτης θεου γαρ διακονος εστιν σοι εις το αγαθον εαν δε το κακον ποιης φοβου ου γαρ εικη την μαχαιραν φορει θεου γαρ διακονος εστιν εκδικος εις οργην τω το κακον πρασσοντι διο αναγκη υποτασσεσθαι ου μονον δια την οργην αλλα και δια την συνειδησιν δια τουτο γαρ και φορους τελειτε λειτουργοι γαρ θεου εισιν εις αυτο τουτο προσκαρτερουντες αποδοτε ουν πασιν τας οφειλας τω τον φορον τον φορον τω το τελος το τελος τω τον φοβον τον φοβον τω την τιμην την τιμην

Love Fulfills the Law

μηδενι μηδεν οφειλετε ει μη το αγαπαν αλληλους ο γαρ αγαπων τον ετερον νομον πεπληρωκεν το γαρ ου μοιχευσεις ου φονευσεις ου κλεψεις ου ψευδομαρτυρησεις ουκ επιθυμησεις και ει τις ετερα εντολη εν τουτω τω λογω ανακεφαλαιουται εν τω αγαπησεις τον πλησιον σου ως εαυτον η αγαπη τω πλησιον κακον ουκ εργαζεται πληρωμα ουν νομου η αγαπη

The Day is Near

και τουτο ειδοτες τον καιρον οτι ωρα ημας ηδη εξ υπνου εγερθηναι νυν γαρ εγγυτερον ημων η σωτηρια η οτε επιστευσαμεν η νυξ προεκοψεν η δε ημερα ηγγικεν αποθωμεθα ουν τα εργα του σκοτους και ενδυσωμεθα τα οπλα του φωτος ως εν ημερα ευσχημονως περιπατησωμεν μη κωμοις και μεθαις μη κοιταις και ασελγειαις μη εριδι και ζηλω αλλ ενδυσασθε τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον και της σαρκος προνοιαν μη ποιεισθε εις επιθυμιας

14

Grace in Jew and Gentile Relationship

The Law of Liberty

τον δε ασθενουντα τη πιστει προσλαμβανεσθε μη εις διακρισεις διαλογισμων ος μεν πιστευει φαγειν παντα ο δε ασθενων λαχανα εσθιει ο εσθιων τον μη εσθιοντα μη εξουθενειτω και ο μη εσθιων τον εσθιοντα μη κρινετω ο θεος γαρ αυτον προσελαβετο συ τις ει ο κρινων αλλοτριον οικετην τω ιδιω κυριω στηκει η πιπτει σταθησεται δε δυνατος γαρ εστιν ο θεος στησαι αυτον ος μεν κρινει ημεραν παρ ημεραν ος δε κρινει πασαν ημεραν εκαστος εν τω ιδιω νοι πληροφορεισθω ο φρονων την ημεραν κυριω φρονει και ο μη φρονων την ημεραν κυριω ου φρονει ο εσθιων κυριω εσθιει ευχαριστει γαρ τω θεω και ο μη εσθιων κυριω ουκ εσθιει και ευχαριστει τω θεω ουδεις γαρ ημων εαυτω ζη και ουδεις εαυτω αποθνησκει εαν τε γαρ ζωμεν τω κυριω ζωμεν εαν τε αποθνησκωμεν τω κυριω αποθνησκομεν εαν τε ουν ζωμεν εαν τε αποθνησκωμεν του κυριου εσμεν εις τουτο γαρ χριστος και απεθανεν και ανεστη και ανεζησεν ινα και νεκρων και ζωντων κυριευση συ δε τι κρινεις τον αδελφον σου η και συ τι εξουθενεις τον αδελφον σου παντες γαρ παραστησομεθα τω βηματι του χριστου γεγραπται γαρ ζω εγω λεγει κυριος οτι εμοι καμψει παν γονυ και πασα γλωσσα εξομολογησεται τω θεω αρα ουν εκαστος ημων περι εαυτου λογον δωσει τω θεω

The Law of Love

μηκετι ουν αλληλους κρινωμεν αλλα τουτο κρινατε μαλλον το μη τιθεναι προσκομμα τω αδελφω η σκανδαλον οιδα και πεπεισμαι εν κυριω ιησου οτι ουδεν κοινον δι εαυτου ει μη τω λογιζομενω τι κοινον ειναι εκεινω κοινον ει δε δια βρωμα ο αδελφος σου λυπειται ουκετι κατα αγαπην περιπατεις μη τω βρωματι σου εκεινον απολλυε υπερ ου χριστος απεθανεν μη βλασφημεισθω ουν υμων το αγαθον ου γαρ εστιν η βασιλεια του θεου βρωσις και ποσις αλλα δικαιοσυνη και ειρηνη και χαρα εν πνευματι αγιω ο γαρ εν τουτοις δουλευων τω χριστω ευαρεστος τω θεω και δοκιμος τοις ανθρωποις αρα ουν τα της ειρηνης διωκωμεν και τα της οικοδομης της εις αλληλους μη ενεκεν βρωματος καταλυε το εργον του θεου παντα μεν καθαρα αλλα κακον τω ανθρωπω τω δια προσκομματος εσθιοντι καλον το μη φαγειν κρεα μηδε πιειν οινον μηδε εν ω ο αδελφος σου προσκοπτει η σκανδαλιζεται η ασθενει συ πιστιν εχεις κατα σαυτον εχε ενωπιον του θεου μακαριος ο μη κρινων εαυτον εν ω δοκιμαζει ο δε διακρινομενος εαν φαγη κατακεκριται οτι ουκ εκ πιστεως παν δε ο ουκ εκ πιστεως αμαρτια εστιν

15

Accept One Another

οφειλομεν δε ημεις οι δυνατοι τα ασθενηματα των αδυνατων βασταζειν και μη εαυτοις αρεσκειν

εκαστος γαρ ημων τω πλησιον αρεσκετω εις το αγαθον προς οικοδομην και γαρ ο χριστος ουχ εαυτω ηρεσεν αλλα καθως γεγραπται οι ονειδισμοι των ονειδιζοντων σε επεπεσον επ εμε οσα γαρ προεγραφη εις την ημετεραν διδασκαλιαν προεγραφη ινα δια της υπομονης και της παρακλησεως των γραφων την ελπιδα εχωμεν ο δε θεος της υπομονης και της παρακλησεως δωη υμιν το αυτο φρονειν εν αλληλοις κατα χριστον ιησουν ινα ομοθυμαδον εν ενι στοματι δοξαζητε τον θεον και πατερα του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου

Christ the Servant of Jews and Gentiles

διο προσλαμβανεσθε αλληλους καθως και ο χριστος προσελαβετο ημας εις δοξαν θεου λεγω δε ιησουν χριστον διακονον γεγενησθαι περιτομης υπερ αληθειας θεου εις το βεβαιωσαι τας επαγγελιας των πατερων τα δε εθνη υπερ ελεους δοξασαι τον θεον καθως γεγραπται δια τουτο εξομολογησομαι σοι εν εθνεσιν και τω ονοματι σου ψαλω και παλιν λεγει ευφρανθητε εθνη μετα του λαου αυτου και παλιν αινειτε τον κυριον παντα τα εθνη και επαινεσατε αυτον παντες οι λαοι και παλιν ησαιας λεγει εσται η ριζα του ιεσσαι και ο ανισταμενος αρχειν εθνων επ αυτω εθνη ελπιουσιν ο δε θεος της ελπιδος πληρωσαι υμας πασης χαρας και ειρηνης εν τω πιστευειν εις το περισσευειν υμας εν τη ελπιδι εν δυναμει πνευματος αγιου

Paul the Minister to the Gentiles

πεπεισμαι δε αδελφοι μου και αυτος εγω περι υμων οτι και αυτοι μεστοι εστε αγαθωσυνης πεπληρωμενοι πασης γνωσεως δυναμενοι και αλληλους νουθετειν τολμηροτερον δε εγραψα υμιν αδελφοι απο μερους ως επαναμιμνησκων υμας δια την χαριν την δοθεισαν μοι υπο του θεου εις το ειναι με λειτουργον ιησου χριστου εις τα εθνη ιερουργουντα το ευαγγελιον του θεου ινα γενηται η προσφορα των εθνων ευπροσδεκτος ηγιασμενη εν πνευματι αγιω εχω ουν καυχησιν εν χριστω ιησου τα προς θεον ου γαρ τολμησω λαλειν τι ων ου κατειργασατο χριστος δι εμου εις υπακοην εθνων λογω και εργω εν δυναμει σημειων και τερατων εν δυναμει πνευματος θεου ωστε με απο ιερουσαλημ και κυκλω μεχρι του ιλλυρικου πεπληρωκεναι το ευαγγελιον του χριστου ουτως δε φιλοτιμουμενον ευαγγελιζεσθαι ουχ οπου ωνομασθη χριστος ινα μη επ αλλοτριον θεμελιον οικοδομω αλλα καθως γεγραπται οις ουκ ανηγγελη περι αυτου οψονται και οι ουκ ακηκοασιν συνησουσιν διο και ενεκοπτομην τα πολλα του ελθειν προς υμας

Paul’s Travel Plans

νυνι δε μηκετι τοπον εχων εν τοις κλιμασιν τουτοις επιποθιαν δε εχων του ελθειν προς υμας απο πολλων ετων ως εαν πορευωμαι εις την σπανιαν ελευσομαι προς υμας ελπιζω γαρ διαπορευομενος θεασασθαι υμας και υφ υμων προπεμφθηναι εκει εαν υμων πρωτον απο μερους εμπλησθω νυνι δε πορευομαι εις ιερουσαλημ διακονων τοις αγιοις ευδοκησαν γαρ μακεδονια και αχαια κοινωνιαν τινα ποιησασθαι εις τους πτωχους των αγιων των εν ιερουσαλημ ευδοκησαν γαρ και οφειλεται αυτων εισιν ει γαρ τοις πνευματικοις αυτων εκοινωνησαν τα εθνη οφειλουσιν και εν τοις σαρκικοις λειτουργησαι αυτοις τουτο ουν επιτελεσας και σφραγισαμενος αυτοις τον καρπον τουτον απελευσομαι δι υμων εις την σπανιαν οιδα δε οτι ερχομενος προς υμας εν πληρωματι ευλογιας του ευαγγελιου του χριστου ελευσομαι παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι δια του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου και δια της αγαπης του πνευματος συναγωνισασθαι μοι εν ταις προσευχαις υπερ εμου προς τον θεον ινα ρυσθω απο των απειθουντων εν τη ιουδαια και ινα η διακονια μου η εις ιερουσαλημ ευπροσδεκτος γενηται τοις αγιοις ινα εν χαρα ελθω προς υμας δια θεληματος θεου και συναναπαυσωμαι υμιν ο δε θεος της ειρηνης μετα παντων υμων αμην

16

Personal Greetings and Love

συνιστημι δε υμιν φοιβην την αδελφην ημων ουσαν διακονον της εκκλησιας της εν κεγχρεαις

ινα αυτην προσδεξησθε εν κυριω αξιως των αγιων και παραστητε αυτη εν ω αν υμων χρηζη πραγματι και γαρ αυτη προστατις πολλων εγενηθη και αυτου εμου ασπασασθε πρισκιλλαν και ακυλαν τους συνεργους μου εν χριστω ιησου οιτινες υπερ της ψυχης μου τον εαυτων τραχηλον υπεθηκαν οις ουκ εγω μονος ευχαριστω αλλα και πασαι αι εκκλησιαι των εθνων και την κατ οικον αυτων εκκλησιαν ασπασασθε επαινετον τον αγαπητον μου ος εστιν απαρχη της αχαιας εις χριστον ασπασασθε μαριαμ ητις πολλα εκοπιασεν εις ημας ασπασασθε ανδρονικον και ιουνιαν τους συγγενεις μου και συναιχμαλωτους μου οιτινες εισιν επισημοι εν τοις αποστολοις οι και προ εμου γεγονασιν εν χριστω ασπασασθε αμπλιαν τον αγαπητον μου εν κυριω ασπασασθε ουρβανον τον συνεργον ημων εν χριστω και σταχυν τον αγαπητον μου ασπασασθε απελλην τον δοκιμον εν χριστω ασπασασθε τους εκ των αριστοβουλου ασπασασθε ηροδιωνα τον συγγενη μου ασπασασθε τους εκ των ναρκισσου τους οντας εν κυριω ασπασασθε τρυφαιναν και τρυφωσαν τας κοπιωσας εν κυριω ασπασασθε περσιδα την αγαπητην ητις πολλα εκοπιασεν εν κυριω ασπασασθε ρουφον τον εκλεκτον εν κυριω και την μητερα αυτου και εμου ασπασασθε ασυγκριτον φλεγοντα ερμαν πατροβαν ερμην και τους συν αυτοις αδελφους ασπασασθε φιλολογον και ιουλιαν νηρεα και την αδελφην αυτου και ολυμπαν και τους συν αυτοις παντας αγιους ασπασασθε αλληλους εν φιληματι αγιω ασπαζονται υμας αι εκκλησιαι του χριστου

Avoid Divisions

παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι σκοπειν τους τας διχοστασιας και τα σκανδαλα παρα την διδαχην ην υμεις εμαθετε ποιουντας και εκκλινατε απ αυτων οι γαρ τοιουτοι τω κυριω ημων ιησου χριστω ου δουλευουσιν αλλα τη εαυτων κοιλια και δια της χρηστολογιας και ευλογιας εξαπατωσιν τας καρδιας των ακακων η γαρ υμων υπακοη εις παντας αφικετο χαιρω ουν το εφ υμιν θελω δε υμας σοφους μεν ειναι εις το αγαθον ακεραιους δε εις το κακον ο δε θεος της ειρηνης συντριψει τον σαταναν υπο τους ποδας υμων εν ταχει η χαρις του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου μεθ υμων {VAR2: αμην }

Greetings from Paul’s Fellow Workers

ασπαζονται υμας τιμοθεος ο συνεργος μου και λουκιος και ιασων και σωσιπατρος οι συγγενεις μου ασπαζομαι υμας εγω τερτιος ο γραψας την επιστολην εν κυριω ασπαζεται υμας γαιος ο ξενος μου και της εκκλησιας ολης ασπαζεται υμας εραστος ο οικονομος της πολεως και κουαρτος ο αδελφος η χαρις του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου μετα παντων υμων αμην

Doxology

τω δε δυναμενω υμας στηριξαι κατα το ευαγγελιον μου και το κηρυγμα ιησου χριστου κατα αποκαλυψιν μυστηριου χρονοις αιωνιοις σεσιγημενου φανερωθεντος δε νυν δια τε γραφων προφητικων κατ επιταγην του αιωνιου θεου εις υπακοην πιστεως εις παντα τα εθνη γνωρισθεντος μονω σοφω θεω δια ιησου χριστου {VAR1: ω } η δοξα εις τους αιωνας αμην [προς ρωμαιους εγραφη απο κορινθου δια φοιβης της διακονου της εν κεγχρεαις εκκλησιας]

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3982πέποιθάςpepoithas (V-RIA-2S) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.	πέποιθάςpepoithas	are persuaded that	V-RIA-2S
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	then	Conj
G4572σεαυτὸνseauton (PPro-AM2S) G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,	σεαυτὸνseauton	you yourself	PPro-AM2S
G3595ὁδηγὸνhodēgon (N-AMS) G3595 ὁδηγός hodēgós hod-ayg-os from ὁδός and ἡγέομαι; a conductor (literally or figuratively (teacher)):--guide, leader.	ὁδηγὸνhodēgon	a guide	N-AMS
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶναιeinai	are,	V-PNA
G5185τυφλῶν,typhlōn (Adj-GMP) G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.	τυφλῶν,typhlōn	of the blind,	Adj-GMP
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS) G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.	φῶςphōs	a light	N-ANS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	to those	Art-GMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G4655σκότει,skotei (N-DNS) G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.	σκότει,skotei	darkness,	N-DNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3810παιδευτὴνpaideutēn (N-AMS) G3810 παιδευτής paideutḗs pahee-dyoo-tace from παιδεύω; a trainer, i.e. teacher or (by implication) discipliner:--which corrected, instructor.	παιδευτὴνpaideutēn	an instructor	N-AMS
G878ἀφρόνων,aphronōn (Adj-GMP) G878 ἄφρων áphrōn af-rone from Α (as a negative particle) and φρήν; properly, mindless, i.e. stupid, (by implication) ignorant, (specially) egotistic, (practically) rash, or (morally) unbelieving:--fool(-ish), unwise.	ἀφρόνων,aphronōn	of the foolish,	Adj-GMP
G1320διδάσκαλονdidaskalon (N-AMS) G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.	διδάσκαλονdidaskalon	a teacher	N-AMS
G3516νηπίων,nēpiōn (Adj-GMP) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).	νηπίων,nēpiōn	of infants,	Adj-GMP
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχονταechonta	having	V-PPA-AMS
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G3446μόρφωσινmorphōsin (N-AFS) G3446 μόρφωσις mórphōsis mor-fo-sis from μορφόω; formation, i.e. (by implication), appearance (semblance or (concretely) formula):--form.	μόρφωσινmorphōsin	embodiment	N-AFS
G1108γνώσεωςgnōseōs (N-GFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.	γνώσεωςgnōseōs	of knowledge	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.	ἀληθείαςalētheias	truth	N-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G3551νόμῳ·nomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμῳ·nomō	law—	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	you	Art-VMS
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	then	Conj
G1321διδάσκωνdidaskōn (V-PPA-VMS) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.	διδάσκωνdidaskōn	teaching	V-PPA-VMS
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-AMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.	ἕτερονheteron	another,	Adj-AMS
G4572σεαυτὸνseauton (PPro-AM2S) G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,	σεαυτὸνseauton	yourself	PPro-AM2S
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	not	Adv
G1321διδάσκεις;didaskeis (V-PIA-2S) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.	διδάσκεις;didaskeis	do you teach?	V-PIA-2S
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	You	Art-VMS
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-VMS) G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.	κηρύσσωνkēryssōn	preaching	V-PPA-VMS
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G2813κλέπτεινkleptein (V-PNA) G2813 κλέπτω kléptō klep-to a primary verb; to filch:--steal.	κλέπτεινkleptein	to steal,	V-PNA
G2813κλέπτεις;klepteis (V-PIA-2S) G2813 κλέπτω kléptō klep-to a primary verb; to filch:--steal.	κλέπτεις;klepteis	do you steal?	V-PIA-2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃςhos	You who	RelPro-NMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμῳnomō	law	N-DMS
G2744καυχᾶσαι,kauchasai (V-PIM/P-2S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.	καυχᾶσαι,kauchasai	boast,	V-PIM/P-2S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G3847παραβάσεωςparabaseōs (N-GFS) G3847 παράβασις parábasis par-ab-as-is from παραβαίνω; violation:--breaking, transgression.	παραβάσεωςparabaseōs	transgression	N-GFS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	law,	N-GMS
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸνTheon	God	N-AMS
G818ἀτιμάζεις;atimazeis (V-PIA-2S) G818 ἀτιμάζω atimázō at-im-ad-zo from ἄτιμος; to render infamous, i.e. (by implication) contemn or maltreat:--despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat shamefully.	ἀτιμάζεις;atimazeis	dishonor you?	V-PIA-2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	For,	Conj
G3686Ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).	Ὄνομαonoma	The name	N-NNS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	through	Prep
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμᾶςhymas	you	PPro-A2P
G987βλασφημεῖταιblasphēmeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.	βλασφημεῖταιblasphēmeitai	is blasphemed	V-PIM/P-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	among	Prep
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DNP
G1484ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin (N-DNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.	ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin	Gentiles,”	N-DNP
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G1125γέγραπται.gegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).	γέγραπται.gegraptai	it has been written.	V-RIM/P-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4061Περιτομὴperitomē (N-NFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	Περιτομὴperitomē	Circumcision	N-NFS
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Conj
G5623ὠφελεῖōphelei (V-PIA-3S) G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.	ὠφελεῖōphelei	profits,	V-PIA-3S
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐὰνean	if	Conj
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμονnomon	the law	N-AMS
G4238πράσσῃς·prassēs (V-PSA-2S) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.	πράσσῃς·prassēs	you do;	V-PSA-2S
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐὰνean	if	Conj
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3848παραβάτηςparabatēs (N-NMS) G3848 παραβάτης parabátēs par-ab-at-ace from παραβαίνω; a violator:--breaker, transgress(-or).	παραβάτηςparabatēs	a transgressor	N-NMS
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	of law	N-GMS
G1510ᾖς,ēs (V-PSA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ᾖς,ēs	you are,	V-PSA-2S
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G4061περιτομήperitomē (N-NFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομήperitomē	circumcision	N-NFS
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of you	PPro-G2S
G203ἀκροβυστίαakrobystia (N-NFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.	ἀκροβυστίαakrobystia	uncircumcision	N-NFS
G1096γέγονεν.gegonen (V-RIA-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γέγονεν.gegonen	has become.	V-RIA-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	ΤίTi	What	IPro-NNS
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	then is	Conj
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G4053περισσὸνperisson (Adj-NNS) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).	περισσὸνperisson	superiority	Adj-NNS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G2453Ἰουδαίου,Ioudaiou (Adj-GMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	Ἰουδαίου,Ioudaiou	Jew?	Adj-GMS
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	Or	Conj
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NFS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	τίςtis	what is	IPro-NFS
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G5622ὠφέλειαōpheleia (N-NFS) G5622 ὠφέλεια ōphéleia o-fel-i-ah from a derivative of the base of ὠφέλιμος; usefulness, i.e. benefit:--advantage, profit.	ὠφέλειαōpheleia	benefit	N-NFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G4061περιτομῆς;peritomēs (N-GFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομῆς;peritomēs	circumcision?	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-NNS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.	πολὺpoly	Much	Adj-NNS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	in	Prep
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	every	Adj-AMS
G5158τρόπον.tropon (N-AMS) G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.	τρόπον.tropon	way.	N-AMS
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	πρῶτονprōton	Chiefly	Adv-S
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Prtcl
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G4100ἐπιστεύθησανepisteuthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.	ἐπιστεύθησανepisteuthēsan	they were entrusted with	V-AIP-3P
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G3051λόγιαlogia (N-ANP) G3051 λόγιον lógion log-ee-on neuter of λόγιος; an utterance (of God):--oracle.	λόγιαlogia	oracles	N-ANP
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ.Theou	of God.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	Never	Adv
G1096γένοιτο·genoito (V-AOM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γένοιτο·genoito	may it be!	V-AOM-3S
G1096γινέσθωginesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γινέσθωginesthō	Let be	V-PMM/P-3S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G227ἀληθής,alēthēs (Adj-NMS) G227 ἀληθής alēthḗs al-ay-thace from Α (as a negative particle) and λανθάνω; true (as not concealing):--true, truly, truth.	ἀληθής,alēthēs	TRUE,	Adj-NMS
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶςpas	every	Adj-NMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos	man	N-NMS
G5583ψεύστης,pseustēs (N-NMS) G5583 ψεύστης pseústēs psyoos-tace from ψεύδομαι; a falsifier:--liar.	ψεύστης,pseustēs	a liar,	N-NMS
G2531καθὼς*kathōs (Conj) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼς*kathōs	as	Conj
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).	γέγραπταιgegraptai	it has been written:	V-RIM/P-3S
G3704ὍπωςHopōs (Conj) G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,	ὍπωςHopōs	That	Conj
G1344δικαιωθῇςdikaiōthēs (V-ASP-2S) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.	δικαιωθῇςdikaiōthēs	You may be justified	V-ASP-2S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DMP
G3056λόγοιςlogois (N-DMP) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.	λόγοιςlogois	words	N-DMP
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You,	PPro-G2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3528νικήσειςnikēseis (V-FIA-2S) G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.	νικήσειςnikēseis	will prevail	V-FIA-2S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G2919κρίνεσθαίkrinesthai (V-PNM/P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.	κρίνεσθαίkrinesthai	being judged	V-PNM/P
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σε.se	Your.”	PPro-A2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	And is it	Conj
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not,	Adv
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G987βλασφημούμεθαblasphēmoumetha (V-PIM/P-1P) G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.	βλασφημούμεθαblasphēmoumetha	we are slanderously charged,	V-PIM/P-1P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2531καθώςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθώςkathōs	as	Adv
G5346φασίνphasin (V-PIA-3P) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.	φασίνphasin	affirm	V-PIA-3P
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τινεςtines	some that	IPro-NMP
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμᾶςhēmas	us	PPro-A1P
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγεινlegein	to say	V-PNA
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	- ,	Conj
G4160ΠοιήσωμενPoiēsōmen (V-ASA-1P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ΠοιήσωμενPoiēsōmen	Let us do	V-ASA-1P
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	things	Art-ANP
G2556κακὰkaka (Adj-ANP) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.	κακὰkaka	evil,	Adj-ANP
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	that	Conj
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.	ἔλθῃelthē	may come	V-ASA-3S
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-NNP
G18ἀγαθά;agatha (Adj-NNP) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.	ἀγαθά;agatha	good things?	Adj-NNP
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	Their	RelPro-GMP
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-NNS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.	κρίμαkrima	condemnation	N-NNS
G1738ἔνδικόνendikon (Adj-NNS) G1738 ἔνδικος éndikos en-dee-kos from ἐν and δίκη; in the right, i.e. equitable:--just.	ἔνδικόνendikon	just	Adj-NNS
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστιν.estin	is.	V-PIA-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	ΤίTi	What	IPro-ANS
G3767οὖν;oun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖν;oun	then?	Conj
G4284προεχόμεθα;proechometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G4284 προέχομαι proéchomai pro-ekh-om-ahee middle voice from πρό and ἔχω; to hold oneself before others, i.e. (figuratively) to excel:--be better.	προεχόμεθα;proechometha	Are we better?	V-PIM/P-1P
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	Not	Adv
G3843πάντως·pantōs (Adv) G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.	πάντως·pantōs	at all.	Adv
G4256προῃτιασάμεθαproētiasametha (V-AIM-1P) G4256 προαιτιάομαι proaitiáomai pro-ahee-tee-ah-om-ahee from πρό and a derivative of αἰτία; to accuse already, i.e. previously charge:--prove before.	προῃτιασάμεθαproētiasametha	We have already charged	V-AIM-1P
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.	ἸουδαίουςIoudaious	Jews	Adj-AMP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1672ἝλληναςHellēnas (N-AMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.	ἝλληναςHellēnas	Greeks	N-AMP
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταςpantas	all	Adj-AMP
G5259ὑφ’hyph’ (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑφ’hyph’	under	Prep
G266ἁμαρτίανhamartian (N-AFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτίανhamartian	sin	N-AFS
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶναι,einai	to be.	V-PNA

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	none	Adv
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔστινestin	there is	V-PIA-3S
G4920συνίων,syniōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.	συνίων,syniōn	understanding;	V-PPA-NMS
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	none	Adv
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔστινestin	there is	V-PIA-3S
G1567ἐκζητῶνekzētōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1567 ἐκζητέω ekzētéō ek-zay-teh-o from ἐκ and ζητέω; to search out, i.e. (figuratively)investigate, crave, demand, (by Hebraism) worship:--en- (re-)quire, seek after (carefully, diligently).	ἐκζητῶνekzētōn	seeking after	V-PPA-NMS
G2316Θεόν·Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεόν·Theon	God.	N-AMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντεςpantes	All	Adj-NMP
G1578ἐξέκλιναν,exeklinan (V-AIA-3P) G1578 ἐκκλίνω ekklínō ek-klee-no from ἐκ and κλίνω; to deviate, i.e. (absolutely) to shun (literally or figuratively), or (relatively) to decline (from piety):--avoid, eschew, go out of the way.	ἐξέκλιναν,exeklinan	have turned away,	V-AIA-3P
G260ἅμαhama (Adv) G260 ἅμα háma ham-ah a primary particle; properly, at the same time, but freely used as a preposition or adverb denoting close association:--also, and, together, with(-al).	ἅμαhama	together they	Adv
G889ἠχρεώθησαν·ēchreōthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G889 ἀχρειόω achreióō akh-ri-o-o from ἀχρεῖος; to render useless, i.e. spoil:--become unprofitable.	ἠχρεώθησαν·ēchreōthēsan	have become worthless;	V-AIP-3P
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	none	Adv
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔστινestin	there is	V-PIA-3S
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	who	Art-NMS
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιῶνpoiōn	is practicing	V-PPA-NMS
G5544χρηστότητα,chrēstotēta (N-AFS) G5544 χρηστότης chrēstótēs khray-stot-ace from χρηστός; usefulness, i.e. morally, excellence (in character or demeanor):--gentleness, good(-ness), kindness.	χρηστότητα,chrēstotēta	good,	N-AFS
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	not	Adv
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔστινestin	there is	V-PIA-3S
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).	ἕωςheōs	so much as	Prep
G1520ἑνός.henos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,	ἑνός.henos	one.	Adj-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5028τάφοςtaphos (N-NMS) G5028 τάφος táphos taf-os masculine from θάπτω; a grave (the place of interment):--sepulchre, tomb.	τάφοςtaphos	A grave	N-NMS
G455ἀνεῳγμένοςaneōgmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.	ἀνεῳγμένοςaneōgmenos	having been opened	V-RPM/P-NMS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G2995λάρυγξlarynx (N-NMS) G2995 λάρυγξ lárynx lar-oongks of uncertain derivation; the throat (larynx):--throat.	λάρυγξlarynx	throat	N-NMS
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν,autōn	of them is;	PPro-GM3P
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ταῖςtais	with the	Art-DFP
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.	γλώσσαιςglōssais	tongues	N-DFP
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G1387ἐδολιοῦσαν,edoliousan (V-IIA-3P) G1387 δολιόω dolióō dol-ee-o-o from δόλιος; to be guileful:--use deceit.	ἐδολιοῦσαν,edoliousan	they keep practicing deceit;	V-IIA-3P
G2447ἰὸςios (N-NMS) G2447 ἰός iós ee-os perhaps from (to go) or (to send); rust (as if emitted by metals); also venom (as emitted by serpents):--poison, rust.	ἰὸςios	the venom	N-NMS
G785ἀσπίδωνaspidōn (N-GFP) G785 ἀσπίς aspís as-pece of uncertain derivation; a buckler (or round shield); used of a serpent (as coiling itself), probably the asp:--asp.	ἀσπίδωνaspidōn	of vipers	N-GFP
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπὸhypo	is under	Prep
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G5491χείληcheilē (N-ANP) G5491 χεῖλος cheîlos khi-los from a form of the same as χάσμα; a lip (as a pouring place); figuratively, a margin (of water):--lip, shore.	χείληcheilē	lips	N-ANP
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν·autōn	of them,	PPro-GM3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	of whom	RelPro-GMP
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G4750στόμαstoma (N-NNS) G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.	στόμαstoma	mouth	N-NNS
G685ἀρᾶςaras (N-GFS) G685 ἀρά ará ar-ah probably from αἴρω; properly, prayer (as lifted to Heaven), i.e. (by implication) imprecation:--curse.	ἀρᾶςaras	of cursing	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4088πικρίαςpikrias (N-GFS) G4088 πικρία pikría pik-ree-ah from πικρός; acridity (especially poison), literally or figuratively:--bitterness.	πικρίαςpikrias	of bitterness	N-GFS
G1073γέμει·gemei (V-PIA-3S) G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.	γέμει·gemei	is full;	V-PIA-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3691ὀξεῖςoxeis (Adj-NMP) G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.	ὀξεῖςoxeis	swift are	Adj-NMP
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).	πόδεςpodes	feet	N-NMP
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them	PPro-GM3P
G1632ἐκχέαιekcheai (V-ANA) G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.	ἐκχέαιekcheai	to shed	V-ANA
G129αἷμα,haima (N-ANS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,	αἷμα,haima	blood;	N-ANS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4938σύντριμμαsyntrimma (N-NNS) G4938 σύντριμμα sýntrimma soon-trim-mah from συντρίβω; concussion or utter fracture (properly, concretely), i.e. complete ruin:--destruction.	σύντριμμαsyntrimma	ruin	N-NNS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5004ταλαιπωρίαtalaipōria (N-NFS) G5004 ταλαιπωρία talaipōría tal-ahee-po-ree-ah from ταλαίπωρος; wretchedness, i.e. calamity:--misery.	ταλαιπωρίαtalaipōria	misery	N-NFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	are in	Prep
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ταῖςtais	the	Art-DFP
G3598ὁδοῖςhodois (N-DFP) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.	ὁδοῖςhodois	paths	N-DFP
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν,autōn	of them;	PPro-GM3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3570ΝυνὶNyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.	ΝυνὶNyni	Now	Adv
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however,	Conj
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.	χωρὶςchōris	apart from	Prep
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	law,	N-GMS
G1343δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē (N-NFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē	the righteousness	N-NFS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G5319πεφανέρωται,pephanerōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).	πεφανέρωται,pephanerōtai	has been revealed,	V-RIM/P-3S
G3140μαρτυρουμένηmartyroumenē (V-PPM/P-NFS) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.	μαρτυρουμένηmartyroumenē	being borne witness to	V-PPM/P-NFS
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπὸhypo	by	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	Law	N-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GMP
G4396προφητῶν,prophētōn (N-GMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.	προφητῶν,prophētōn	Prophets,	N-GMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1344δικαιούμενοιdikaioumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.	δικαιούμενοιdikaioumenoi	being justified	V-PPM/P-NMP
G1432δωρεὰνdōrean (Adv) G1432 δωρεάν dōreán do-reh-an accusative case of δωρεά as adverb; gratuitously (literally or figuratively):--without a cause, freely, for naught, in vain.	δωρεὰνdōrean	freely	Adv
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	by the	Art-DFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάριτιchariti	grace	N-DFS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G629ἀπολυτρώσεωςapolytrōseōs (N-GFS) G629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolýtrōsis ap-ol-oo-tro-sis from a compound of ἀπό and λύτρον; (the act) ransom in full, i.e. (figuratively) riddance, or (specially) Christian salvation:--deliverance, redemption.	ἀπολυτρώσεωςapolytrōseōs	redemption	N-GFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	that	Art-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	is in	Prep
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστῷChristō	Christ	N-DMS
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou	Jesus,	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃνhon	whom	RelPro-AMS
G4388προέθετοproetheto (V-AIM-3S) G4388 προτίθεμαι protíthemai prot-ith-em-ahee middle voice from πρό and τίθημι; to place before, i.e. (for oneself) to exhibit; (to oneself) to propose (determine):--purpose, set forth.	προέθετοproetheto	set forth as	V-AIM-3S
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G2435ἱλαστήριονhilastērion (N-ANS) G2435 ἱλαστήριον hilastḗrion hil-as-tay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of ἱλάσκομαι; an expiatory (place or thing), i.e. (concretely) an atoning victim, or (specially) the lid of the Ark (in the Temple):--mercyseat, propitiation.	ἱλαστήριονhilastērion	a propitiation,	N-ANS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	faith	N-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	His	PPro-GM3S
G129αἵματι,haimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,	αἵματι,haimati	blood,	N-DNS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G1732ἔνδειξινendeixin (N-AFS) G1732 ἔνδειξις éndeixis en-dike-sis from ἐνδείκνυμι; indication (abstractly):--declare, evident token, proof.	ἔνδειξινendeixin	a showing forth	N-AFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G1343δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs	righteousness	N-GFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	because of	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G3929πάρεσινparesin (N-AFS) G3929 πάρεσις páresis par-es-is from κτήτωρ; praetermission, i.e. toleration:--remission.	πάρεσινparesin	forbearance	N-AFS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GNP
G4266προγεγονότωνprogegonotōn (V-RPA-GNP) G4266 προγίνομαι progínomai prog-in-om-ahee from πρό and γίνομαι; to be already, i.e. have previousy transpired:--be past.	προγεγονότωνprogegonotōn	having taken place beforehand	V-RPA-GNP
G265ἁμαρτημάτωνhamartēmatōn (N-GNP) G265 ἁμάρτημα hamártēma ham-ar-tay-mah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly concrete):--sin.	ἁμαρτημάτωνhamartēmatōn	sins —	N-GNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4226ΠοῦPou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.	ΠοῦPou	Where	Adv
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	then is	Conj
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G2746καύχησις;kauchēsis (N-NFS) G2746 καύχησις kaúchēsis kow-khay-sis from καυχάομαι; boasting (properly, the act; by implication, the object), in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, whereof I may glory, glorying, rejoicing.	καύχησις;kauchēsis	boasting?	N-NFS
G1576ἐξεκλείσθη.exekleisthē (V-AIP-3S) G1576 ἐκκλείω ekkleíō ek-kli-o from ἐκ and κλείω; to shut out (literally or figuratively):--exclude.	ἐξεκλείσθη.exekleisthē	It has been excluded.	V-AIP-3S
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	Through	Prep
G4169ποίουpoiou (IPro-GMS) G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,	ποίουpoiou	what	IPro-GMS
G3551νόμου;nomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμου;nomou	principle?	N-GMS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	That	Art-GNP
G2041ἔργων;ergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργων;ergōn	of works?	N-GNP
G3780οὐχί,ouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,	οὐχί,ouchi	No,	Adv
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	but	Conj
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	the principle	N-GMS
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεως.pisteōs	of faith.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3049λογιζόμεθαlogizometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	λογιζόμεθαlogizometha	We reckon	V-PIM/P-1P
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	therefore	Conj
G1344δικαιοῦσθαιdikaiousthai (V-PNM/P) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.	δικαιοῦσθαιdikaiousthai	to be justified	V-PNM/P
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστειpistei	by faith	N-DFS
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon	a man,	N-AMS
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.	χωρὶςchōris	apart from	Prep
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργωνergōn	works	N-GNP
G3551νόμου.nomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμου.nomou	of the Law.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1512εἴπερeiper (Conj) G1512 εἴ περ eí per i per from εἰ and περ; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.	εἴπερeiper	since indeed	Conj
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,	εἷςheis	One	Adj-NMS
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεός,Theos	God is,	N-NMS
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃςhos	who	RelPro-NMS
G1344δικαιώσειdikaiōsei (V-FIA-3S) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.	δικαιώσειdikaiōsei	will justify	V-FIA-3S
G4061περιτομὴνperitomēn (N-AFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομὴνperitomēn	the circumcision	N-AFS
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	by	Prep
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεωςpisteōs	faith	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G203ἀκροβυστίανakrobystian (N-AFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.	ἀκροβυστίανakrobystian	the uncircumcision	N-AFS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the same	Art-GFS
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστεως.pisteōs	faith.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588Τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	Τῷtō	To the one	Art-DMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G2038ἐργαζομένῳergazomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.	ἐργαζομένῳergazomenō	working,	V-PPM/P-DMS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G3408μισθὸςmisthos (N-NMS) G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.	μισθὸςmisthos	reward	N-NMS
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	not	Adv
G3049λογίζεταιlogizetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	λογίζεταιlogizetai	is reckoned	V-PIM/P-3S
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάρινcharin	grace,	N-AFS
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	but	Conj
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3783ὀφείλημα·opheilēma (N-ANS) G3783 ὀφείλημα opheílēma of-i-lay-mah from (the alternate of) ὀφείλω; something owed, i.e. (figuratively) a due; morally, a fault:--debt.	ὀφείλημα·opheilēma	debt.	N-ANS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2509καθάπερkathaper (Adv) G2509 καθάπερ katháper kath-ap-er from καθά and περ; exactly as:--(even, as well) as.,	καθάπερkathaper	just as	Adv
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS) G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.	ΔαυὶδDauid	David	N-NMS
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγειlegei	declares	V-PIA-3S
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G3108μακαρισμὸνmakarismon (N-AMS) G3108 μακαρισμός makarismós mak-ar-is-mos from μακαρίζω; beatification, i.e. attribution of good fortune:--blessedness.	μακαρισμὸνmakarismon	blessedness	N-AMS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou	man	N-GMS
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	to whom	RelPro-DMS
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G3049λογίζεταιlogizetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	λογίζεταιlogizetai	credits	V-PIM/P-3S
G1343δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn (N-AFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn	righteousness	N-AFS
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.	χωρὶςchōris	apart from	Prep
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργωνergōn	works:	N-GNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3107ΜακάριοιMakarioi (Adj-NMP) G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).	ΜακάριοιMakarioi	Blessed	Adj-NMP
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	are they of whom	RelPro-GMP
G863ἀφέθησανaphethēsan (V-AIP-3P) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.	ἀφέθησανaphethēsan	are forgiven	V-AIP-3P
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	αἱhai	the	Art-NFP
G458ἀνομίαιanomiai (N-NFP) G458 ἀνομία anomía an-om-ee-ah from ἄνομος; illegality, i.e. violation of law or (genitive case) wickedness:--iniquity, X transgress(-ion of) the law, unrighteousness.	ἀνομίαιanomiai	lawless deeds,	N-NFP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	of whom	RelPro-GMP
G1943ἐπεκαλύφθησανepekalyphthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1943 ἐπικαλύπτω epikalýptō ep-ee-kal-oop-to from ἐπί and καλύπτω; to conceal, i.e. (figuratively) forgive:--cover.	ἐπεκαλύφθησανepekalyphthēsan	are covered	V-AIP-3P
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	αἱhai	the	Art-NFP
G266ἁμαρτίαι·hamartiai (N-NFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτίαι·hamartiai	sins;	N-NFP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3107μακάριοςmakarios (Adj-NMS) G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).	μακάριοςmakarios	blessed	Adj-NMS
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.	ἀνὴρanēr	the man	N-NMS
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὗhou	against whom	RelPro-GMS
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	no	Adv
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G3049λογίσηταιlogisētai (V-ASM-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	λογίσηταιlogisētai	will reckon	V-ASM-3S
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	ΚύριοςKyrios	the Lord	N-NMS
G266ἁμαρτίαν.hamartian (N-AFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτίαν.hamartian	sin.”	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	Ὁho	Is the	Art-NMS
G3108μακαρισμὸςmakarismos (N-NMS) G3108 μακαρισμός makarismós mak-ar-is-mos from μακαρίζω; beatification, i.e. attribution of good fortune:--blessedness.	μακαρισμὸςmakarismos	blessing	N-NMS
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	then	Conj
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	οὗτοςhoutos	this	DPro-NMS
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	on	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G4061περιτομὴνperitomēn (N-AFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομὴνperitomēn	circumcision,	N-AFS
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	or	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	on	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G203ἀκροβυστίαν;akrobystian (N-AFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.	ἀκροβυστίαν;akrobystian	uncircumcision?	N-AFS
G3004λέγομενlegomen (V-PIA-1P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγομενlegomen	We are saying	V-PIA-1P
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γάρgar	for	Conj
G3049ἘλογίσθηElogisthē (V-AIP-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	ἘλογίσθηElogisthē	was credited	V-AIP-3S
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-DMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)	ἈβραὰμAbraam	to Abraham	N-DMS
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.	πίστιςpistis	faith	N-NFS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	as	Prep
G1343δικαιοσύνην.dikaiosynēn (N-AFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνην.dikaiosynēn	righteousness.	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,	πῶςpōs	How	Adv
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	then	Conj
G3049ἐλογίσθη;elogisthē (V-AIP-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	ἐλογίσθη;elogisthē	was it credited?	V-AIP-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	In	Prep
G4061περιτομῇperitomē (N-DFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομῇperitomē	circumcision	N-DFS
G1510ὄντιonti (V-PPA-DMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ὄντιonti	being,	V-PPA-DMS
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	or	Conj
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G203ἀκροβυστίᾳ;akrobystia (N-DFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.	ἀκροβυστίᾳ;akrobystia	uncircumcision?	N-DFS
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	Not	Adv
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G4061περιτομῇperitomē (N-DFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.	περιτομῇperitomē	circumcision,	N-DFS
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλ’all’	but	Conj
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G203ἀκροβυστίᾳ·akrobystia (N-DFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.	ἀκροβυστίᾳ·akrobystia	uncircumcision.	N-DFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	ΟὐκOuk	Not	Adv
G1125ἐγράφηegraphē (V-AIP-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).	ἐγράφηegraphē	it was written	V-AIP-3S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	on account of	Prep
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸνauton	him	PPro-AM3S
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.	μόνονmonon	alone	Adv
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G3049Ἐλογίσθηelogisthē (V-AIP-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).	Ἐλογίσθηelogisthē	it was credited	V-AIP-3S
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷ,autō	to him,	PPro-DM3S